LEARN TO SPEAK HINDI
Through English Medium
1
HINDI TEACHER for English Speaking People
The following are portions taken from
Ratnakar Narale’s Book :
‘HINDI TEACHER FOR ENGLISH
SPEAKING PEOPLE’
(available from this web site, see Books Menu)
A>gaRejaI jaananaevaaLaae> ke iLa] ih>dI
angrez& ja@nanae va@lon[ ke liye hind&
THE INTERNATIONAL EDITION
With a special chapter on speaking ‘Hinglish’
SYSTEMATIC HELP FOR
TEACHING AND SELF-LEARNING HINDI
yaYaaÛma ih>dI samaJanae ]va> saISanae ka
]k yaaegya saaZana_
yatha@-kram hind& samajhane evam[ s&khane ka@
ek yogya sa@dhan
.
-----------------------------------------------------
Èc{a@rya Ratnakar Narale Ph.D. (Sanskrit)
Principal, Hindu Institute of Learning
2
HINDI TEACHER for English Speaking People
Let us Learn Hindi. Aa}yae ihndI saISae>_
Let us Speak Hindi. Aa}yae ihndI baaeLae>_
ï
SUBJECT
SINGULAR
I, we
maE> (main[)
PLURAL
You, you
Aapa (a@p)
Aapa (a@p)
He, she, that, they
vah (vah)
vae (ve)
This, it, these
yah (yah)
yae (ye)
hma (ham)
(1) This is a house. yah ghar hai. yah zar hE_ Here, the house is doing the action of being, so
the house is the subject (ktaa|)_
(2) This is my house. yah mera@ ghar hai. yah maera zar hE_ Here also, house is the subject.
The house is doing the act of being, I am not the subject, because I am not doing the act of
being.
(1) ‘I’ or ‘WE’ (main[, ham maE>, hma) refers to the 1st Perason;
(2) ‘You’ (a@p, tu@, tum Aapa, taU, tauma) refers to the 2nd Person;
(3) The person (or the thing) other than I and You (he, she, it or they vah, ve vah, vae...etc)
refers to 3rd Person.
Singular
Person
First Person
I, we
Second Person You, you
Plural
maE> (main[)
hma (ham)
Aapa (a@p)
Aapa (a@p)
3
HINDI TEACHER for English Speaking People
Third Person He, she, they vah (vah)
vae (ve)
• Words such as I, we, you, he, she, it, they main[, ham, a@p, tu@, tum, vah, ve maE>, hma, Aapa,
taU, tauma, vah, vae that refer to nouns, are called Pronouns.
(1) maE> hUã
= main[ hu@n[ I am
First P\
(2) hma hE>
= ham hain[ we are
First P\
(3) *Aapa hE> = a@p hain[
you are
Second P\
(4) *Aapa hE> = a@p hain[
you are
Second P\
(5) vah hE
= vah hai
He, she is Third P\
(6) vae hE>
= ve hain[
They are
Third P\
SINGULAR
PLURAL
I
maE>
We
hma
You
Aapa
You
Aapa
He
vah
They
vae
She
vah
They
vae
It
yah
These
yae
That
vah
Those
vae
This
yah
These
yae
Am
hUã
Are
hE>
Is
hE
Are
hE>
1. maE> LaDñka hUã (main[ lad<aka@ hu@n[)
I am a boy. m\
2. maE> LaDñkI hUã (main[ lad<ak& hu@n[)
I am a girl. f\
1. Aapa LaDñk’ hE> (a@p lad<ake hain[)
You are a boy. m\
2. Aapa LaDñkI hE> (a@p ladñak& hain[)
You are a girl. f\
4
HINDI TEACHER for English Speaking People
1. vah LaDñka hE (vah lad<aka@ hai)
He is a boy. m\
2. vah LaDñkI hE (vah lad<ak& hai)
She is a girl. f\
1. vae LaDñk’ hE> (ve ladñake hain[)
They are boys. m\
2. vae LaDñikyaaã hE> (ve lad<akiya@n[ hain[) They are girls. f\
1. (m\) main[ lad<aka@ hu@n[. maE> LaDñka hUã_ ham lad<ake hain[ hma LaDñk’ hE>_ a@p lad<ake hain[. Aapa
LaDñk’ hE>_ a@p lad<ake hain[ Aapa LaDñk’ hE>_ vah lad<aka@ hai. vah LaDñka hE_ ve lad<ake hain[. vae
LaDñk’ hE>
2. (f\) main[ lad<ak& hu@n[. maE> LaDñkI hUã_ ham lad<akiya@n[ hain[. hma LaDñikyaaã hE>_ a@p lad<ak& hain[.
Aapa LaDñkI hE>_ a@p lad<akiya@n[ hain[. Aapa LaDñikyaaã hE>_ vah lad<ak& hai. vah LaDñkI hE _ ve
lad<akiya@n[ hain[. vae LaDñikyaaã hE>_
Object
Verb
c{a@y caaya
p& (paI)
We (ham hma) c{a@y caaya
p& (paI)
Subject
I (main[ maE>)
You (a@p Aapa) c{a@y caaya
He (vah vah) c{a@y caaya
She (vah vah) c{a@y caaya
They (ve vae) c{a@y caaya
p& (paI)
p& (paI)
p& (paI)
p& (paI)
suffix1 suffix2
ta@ (taa) hu@n[ (hUã)
te (tae)
te (tae)
hain[ (hE>)
hain[ (hE>)
ta@ (taa) hai (hE)
t& (taI)
te (tae)
hai (hE)
hain[ (hE>)
Singular
Plural
I do
maE> krtaa hUã
hma krtae hE>
You do
Aapa krtae hE>
Aapa krtae hE>
He, it does
vah krtaa hE
vae krtae hE>
MALE
I do
You do
He, it does
main[ karata@ hu@n[ ham karate hain[
a@p karate hain[
a@p karate hain[
vah karata@ hai
ve karate hain[
5
HINDI TEACHER for English Speaking People
FEMALE
Singular
Plural
I do
maE> krtaI hUã
hma krtaI hE>*
You do
Aapa krtaI hE>
Aapa krtaI hE>*
She, it does
vah krtaI hE
vae krtaI hE>_*
I do
You do
She, it does
main[ karat& hu@n[
a@p karat& hain[
vah karati hai
ham karat& hain[*
a@p karat& hain[*
ve karat& hain[*
to sleep |so (saae)
to drink |p& (paI)
to speak |bol (baaeLa)
to come |a@ (Aa)
to see |dekh (deSa)
to go |ja@ (jaa)
1. m\
I eat (main[ kha@ta@ hun[)
maE> Saataa hUã_
2. f\
I eat (main[ kha@t& hun[)
maE> SaataI hUã_
3. m\
We sleep (ham sote hain[)
hma saaetae hE>_
4. f\
We sleep (ham sot& hain[)
hma saaetaI hE>_
5. m\
You drink (a@p p&te hain[)
Aapa paItae hE>_
6. f\
You drink (a@p p&t& hain[)
Aapa paItaI hE>_
7. m\
He speaks (vah bolata@ hai)
vah baaeLataa hE_
8. f\
She speaks (vah bolat& hai)
vah baaeLataI hE_
9. m\
He writes (vah likhata@ hai)
vah iLaSataa hE_
10. f\
She writes (vah likhat& hai) vah iLaSataI hE_
11. m\ They come (ve a@te hain[)
vae Aatae hE>_
They come (ve a@t& hain[)
vae AataI hE>_
12. f\
13. m\ I see (main[ dekhata@ hun[)
maE> deSataa hUã_
I see (main[ dekhat& hun[)
maE> deSataI hUã_
14. f\
15. m\ We see (ham dekhate hain[) hma deSatae hE>_
16. f\
We see (ham dekhat& hain[)
hma deSataI hE>_
6
HINDI TEACHER for English Speaking People
to write |likh (iLaSa)
17. m\ You see (a@p dekhate hain[)
Aapa deSatae hE>_
You see (a@p dekhat& hain[)
Aapa deSataI hE>_
18. f\
19. m\ He sees (vah dekhata@ hai)
vah deSataa hE_
She sees (vah dekhat& hai)
vah deSataI hE_
20. f\
21. m\ He goes (vah ja@ta@ hai)
vah jaataa hE_
She goes (vah ja@t& hai)
vah jaataI hE_
22. f\
23. m\ They go (ve ja@te hain[)
vae jaatae hE>_
They go (ve ja@t& hain[)
vae jaataI hE>_
24. f\
Subject
I (main[ maE>
Object
c{a@y caaya
We (ham) hma c{a@y caaya
You (a@p) Aapa c{a@y caaya
He (vah) vah c{a@y caaya
She (vah) vah c{a@y caaya
They (ve) vae c{a@y caaya
*They (ve) vae c{a@y caaya
Verb Suffix1 Suffix2
p& (paI)-ta@ (taa)
p& (paI)-te (tae)
p& (paI)-te (tae)
p& (paI)-ta@ (taa)
hu@n[ (hUã)
hain[ (hE>)
hain[ (hE>)
hai[ (hE)
p& (paI)-t& (taI)
hai[ (hE)
p& (paI)-t& (taI)
hain[ (hE>)
p& (paI)-te (tae)
hain[ (hE>)
(1) Ra@m writes an address. Ra@m pata@ likhata@ hai (|likh) rama pataa iLaSataa hE_
(2) The ant walks. c{&n[t>& c{alat& hai (|c{al) caI>@I caLataI hE_
(3) She eats an apple. vah seb kha@t& hai (|kha@) vah saeba SaataI hE_
(4) We shoot an arrow. ham t&r c{ala@te hain[ (|c{ala@) hma taIr caLaatae hE>_
(5) we drive a car. ham ga@d<& c{ala@te hain[ (|c{ala@) hma gaaDñI caLaatae hE>_
(6) R&ta@ throws a ball. R&ta@ gend fen[kat& hai (|fen[k) rItaa gae>d f’>ktaI hE_
(7) Vis{a@l brings a banana. Vis{a@l kela@ la@ta@ hai (|la@) ivaoaaLa k’Laa Laataa hE_
(8) Ra@n& cuts the beans. Ran& sem ka@t>at& hai (|ka@t> . ranaI saema ka@taI hE_
(9) The bear runs. bha@lu@ bha@gata@ hai (|bha@g) BaaLaU Baagataa hE_
7
HINDI TEACHER for English Speaking People
(10) They fix the bed. ve bistar t>h&k karate hain[ (|t>h&k kar) vae ibastar #Ik krtae hE>_
(11) He keeps the bell. vah ghan<t>& rakhata@ hai (|rakh) vah za>@I rSataa hE_
(12) The birds fly pan~c{h& ud<ate hain[ (|ud<) pa>CI qDñtae hE>_
(13) The blacksmith works (does the job) luha@r ka@m karata@ hai (|ka@m kar) Lauhar kama krtaa hE_
(14) Gopa@l washes a blanket. Gopa@l kambal dhota@ hai (|dho) gaaepaaLa käbaLa Zaaetaa hE_
(15) Arvind holds the box. Arvind d<ibba@ pakad<ata@ hai (|pakad<) Ariva>d iDbbaa pakDñtaa hE_
(16) Branch falls. s{a@kha@ girat& hai (|gir) oaaSaa igartaI hE_
(17) Brother-in-law arrives (comes) sa@la@ (dewar) a@ta@ hai (|a@) saaLaa (devar) Aataa hE_
(18) The body hurts. s{ar&ra dukhata hai (|du@kh) oarIr duSataa hE_
(19) You read a book. a@p kita@b-pustak pad<hate hain[ (|pad<h) Aapa iktaaba-paustak pa$ñtae hE>_
(20) The heart breaks. dil t>u@t>ata@ hai (|t>u@t>) idLa @U@taa hE_
(21) The boy plays. lad<aka@ khelata@ hai (|khel) LaDñka SaeLataa hE_
(22) S&ta@ cooks-makes bread. S&ta@ rot>& paka@t& hai (|paka@, |bana@) saItaa rae@I pakataI-banaataI hE_
(23) They buy breakfast. ve na@s{ta@ khar&date hain[ (|khar&d) vae naaotaa SarIdtae hE>_
(24) Jim arranges the bricks. Jim &n[t>en[ rac{ata@ hai (|rac{) ijama }|>@e> rcataa hE_
(25) The bride becomes happy. dulhan prasanna hot& hai (|prasanna ho) duLhna paRsa² haetaI hE_
(26) Kiran< hangs the broom. Kiran< jha@d<u@ lat>aka@t&-t>a@n[gat& hai. (|lat>ka@, |t>a@n[g) ikrNa JaaDñU
La@kataI-@aãgataI hE_
(27) Brother fears. bha@&-bhaiya@ d<arata@ hai (|d<ar) Baa}|-BaEyaa Drtaa hE_
(28) Sonia (Soniya@) picks up the bucket. Sonia ba@lt>& ut>ha@t& hai (|ut>ha@) saaeinayaa baaL@I q#ataI hE_
(29) Bugs bite. k&d<e ka@t>ate hain[ (|ka@t>) kIDñe ka@tae hE>_
(30) Ramesh sees the building. Ramesh ima@rat dekhata@ hai (|dekh) rmaeoa }maarta deSataa hE_
(31) Ra@dha@ keeps butter. Ra@dha@ makkhan rakhat& hai (|rakh) raZaa maKSana rSataI hE_
(32) Ra@ja@ takes the cabbage. Ra@ja@ gobh& leta@ hai (|le) rajaa gaaeBaI Laetaa hE_
(33) The camel drinks water. u@n[t<a pa@n& p&ta@ hai (|p&) Qã@ paanaI paItaa hE_
(34) Ma@la@ sews a cap. Ma@la@ t>op& s&t& hai (|s&) maaLaa @aepaI saItaI hE_
8
HINDI TEACHER for English Speaking People
(35) I drive a car. main[ ga@d<& c{ala@ta@ hu@n[, main[ ga@d<& c{ala@t& hu@n[ (|c{ala@) maE> gaaDñI caLaataa hUã, maE>
gaaDñI caLaataI hUã_
(36) John buys a carpet. John dar& khar&data@ hai (|khar&d) jaaâna drI SarIdtaa hE_
(37) Rekha@ grinds the chillies. Rekha@ mirc{& p&sat& hai (|p&sa) reSaa imacaI| paIsataI hE_
(38) The cat goes. bill& ja@t& hai (|ja@) ibaLLaI jaataI hE_
(39) Sun&ta@ covers the cauliflower. Sun&ta@ fu@lgobh& d<hakat& hai (|d<hak) saunaItaa f”LagaaeBaIe $ktaI
hE_
(40) Ajit takes away the chairs. Ajit kurasiya@n[ le ja@ta@ hai (|le ja@) Aijata kÖrisayaaã Lae jaataa hE_
(41) We get a chance. ham mauka@ pa@te hain[ (|pa@) hma maaEka paatae hE>_
(42) The cheetah dies. c{&ta@ marata@ hai (|mar) caItaa martaa hE_ The cheetah kills. c{&ta@ ma@rata@ hai
(|ma@r) caItaa maartaa hE_
(43) Child takes a bath. bac{c{a@-ba@lak naha@ta@ hai (|naha@) baccaa-baaLak nahataa hE_
(44) The Christian man prays. &sa@& pra@rthana@ karata@ hai (|pra@rthama@ kar) }|saa}| paRaYa|naa krtaa
hE_
(45) Ashok wants food. As{ok kha@na@ c{a@hata@ hai (|c{a@ha) Aoaaek Saanaa caahtaa hE_
(46) The clock-watch stops. ghad<& rukat& hai (|ruk) zaDñI wktaI hE_
(47) The cloth dries. kapad<a@ su@khata@ hai (|su@kh) kpaDña saUSataa hE_ He dries the cloth. vah
kapad<a@ sukha@ta@ hai (|sukha@) vah kpaDña sauSaataa hE_
(48) Cobra bites. na@g ka@t>ata@ hai (|ka@t>) naaga ka@taa hE_
(49) The cock-hen eats rice. muraga@-murag& c{a@wal kha@ta@-kha@t& hai) maurgaa-maurgaI caavaLa SaataaSaataI hE_
(50) It is cold. sard& hai. It gets cold. sard& hot& hai (|ho) sadI| hE_ sadI| haetaI hE_
(51) The cow gives milk. ga@y du@dh det& hai (|de) gaaya dUZa detaI hE_
(52) Crow flies. kaua@ ud<ata@ hai (|ud<) kaEAa qDñtaa hE_
(53) The cuckoo sings. koyal ga@t& hai (|ga@) kaeyaLa gaataI hE_
(54) They sell cucumbers. ve kh&re bec{ate hain[ (|bec{) vae SaIre baecatae hE>_
(55) R&na@ makes a curry. R&na@ sabj& bana@t& hai (|bana@) rInaa sabjaI banaataI hE_
9
HINDI TEACHER for English Speaking People
(56) He counts the days. vah din ginata@ hai (|gin) vah idna iganataa hE_
(57) The deer dances. harin< na@c{ata@ hai (|na@c{) hirNa naacataa hE_
(58) I buy diamonds. main[ h&re khar&data@ hu@n[ (|khar&d) maE> hIre SarIdtaa hUã_
(59) She opens the dictionary. vah shabda-kosh kholat& hai (|khol) vah oabdkaeoa SaaeltaI hE_
(60) The dogs fight kutte lad<ate hain[ (|lad<) kÖTae LaDñtae hE>_
(61) The donkey pulls the cart. gadha@ ga@d<& khen[c{ata@ hai (|kh&n[c{) gaZaa gaaDñI SaI>cataa hE_
(62) The door opens. darawa@ja@ khulata@ hai (|khul) drvaajaa SauLataa hE_ He opens the door. vah
darawa@ja@ kholata@ hai (|khol) vah drvaajaa SaaeLataa hE_
(63) The duck lays eggs. batakh an<d<e det& hai (|de) bataSa A>De detaI hE_
(64) The leaf moves. patta@ hilat& hai (|hil) paTaa ihLataa hE_ She moves the fan. vah pan[kha@
hila@t& hai (|hila@) vah pa>Saa ihLaataI hE_
(65) She wastes electricity. vah bijl& baraba@d karat& hai (|khara@b kar) vah ibajaLaI barbaad krtaI
hE_
(66) The elephant picks up the wood. (ha@th& lakad<& ut>ha@ta@ hai (|ut>ha@) haYaI LakDñI q#ataa hE_
(67) This is the end. yah ant hai (|ho) yah A>ta hE_
(68) Monika@ sends (mails) an envelope. Monika@ lifa@fa@ bhejat& hai (|bhej) maaeinaka iLafafa
BaejataI hE_
(69) M&na@ writes an examination. M&na@ par&ks<a@ det& hai (|likh, |de) maInaa parIxaa detaI hE_
(70) The child closes one eye. ba@lak ek a@n[kh band karata@ hai (|band kar) baaLak ]k AaãSa ba>d
krtaa hE_
(71) Father wears eye-glasses. pita@j& c{as{ma@ pahanate hain[ (|pahan) ipataajaI caomaa pahnatae hE>_
(72) We celebrate Diwa@l&-festival. ham Diwa@l&-mela@ mana@te hain[ (|mana@) hma idvaaLaI-maeLaa
manaatae hE>_
(73) He points a finger. vah an[gul& dikha@ta@ hai (|rakh) vah AãgauLaI idSaataa hE_
(74) The fire burns. a@g jalat& hai (|jal) Aaga jaLataI hE_
(75) The fish hides. mac{hal& c{hupat& hai (|c{hup) maCLaI CupataI hE_
(76) The flag moves. jhan<d<a@ hilata@-farafara@ta@ hai (|hil) Ja>Da ihLataa-frfrataa hE_
10
HINDI TEACHER for English Speaking People
(77) Tulika@ smells the flower. Tulika@ fu@l su@n[ghat& hai (|su@n[gh) tauiLaka f”La saUãzataI hE_
(78) D&pak cooks the food. D&pak kha@na@ pakata@ hai (|paka@) dIpak Saanaa pakataa hE_
(79) He is a fool. vah mu@rkh hai (|ho) vah maUSa| hE_
(80) The fox jumps. lomad<& ku@dat& hai (|ku@d) LaaemaDñI k”dtaI hE_
(81) The child laughs. bac{c{a@ han[sata@ hai (|han[s) baccaa hãsataa hE_
(82) A frog jumps. men<d<hak ku@data@ hai (|j&) mae>$k k”dtaa hE_
(83) A fruit falls. fal girata@ hai (|gir) fLa igartaa hE_
(84) N&na@ buys a frying pan. N&na@ kad<a@h& khar&dat& hai (|khar&d) naInaa kDñahI SarIdtaI hE_
(85) The gate opens. fa@t>ak khulata@ hai (|khul) fa@k SauLataa hE_ Sun&l open the gate. Sun&l
fa@t>ak kholata@ hai (|khul) saunaILa fa@k SaaeLataa hE_
(86) The girl weeps. lad<ak& rot& hai (|ro) LaDñkI raetaI hE_
(87) The goat sits. bakar& bait>hat& hai (|bait>h) bakrI baE#taI hE_ bakara@ bait>hata@ hai bakra baE#taa
hE_
(88) God is. bhagawa@n hai (|ho) Bagavaana` hE_
(89) The grand-daughter sleeps. pot&-na@tin sot& hai (|so) paaetaI-naaitana saaetaI hE_
(90) The grapes ripe. an[gu@r pakate hain[ (|pak) A>gaUr paktae hE>_
(91) The grass grows. gha@s bad<hat& hai. (|bad<h) zaasa ba$ñtaI hE_
(92) The groom asks. dulha@ pu@c{hata@ hai (|pu@c{h) dULha paUCtaa hE_
(93) Bob digs the ground. Bob jam&n khodata@ hai (|khod) baaâba jamaIna Saaedtaa hE_
(94) The girls eat guavas. lad<akiya@n[ amaru@da kha@t& hain[ (|kha@) LaDñikyaaã AmaWd SaataI hE>_
(95) The guests enter. mehma@n pravesh karate hain (|pravesh kar) maehmaana paRvaeoa krtae hE>_
(96) The hair grow. ba@l bad<hate hain[ (|bad<h) baaLa ba$ñtae hE>_
(97) The hands protect. ha@th raks<a@ karate hain[ (|raks<a@ kar) haYa rxaa krtae hE>_
(98) The hare hides. kharagos{ c{hupata@ hai (|c{hup) Sargaaeoa Cupataa hE_
(99) Rola@ sells hats. Rola@ t>opiya@n[ bec{at& hai (|bec{) raeLaa @aeipayaaã baecataI hE_
(100) The head does thinking. sir soc{ata@ hai (|soc{) isar saaecataa hE_
11
HINDI TEACHER for English Speaking People
(101) The heart pumps. dil dhad<akata@ hai (|dhad<ak) idLa ZaDñktaa hE_
(102) The heat increases. garam& bad<hat& hai (|bad<h) garmaI ba$ñtaI hE_
(103) I want help. main[ madad c{a@hata@ hu@n[ (|c{a@h) maE> madd caahtaa hUã_
(104) You like honesty. a@p &ma@nada@r& c{a@hate hain[ (|c{a@h) Aapa }|maanadarI caahtae hE>_
(105) Bees make honey. madhu-makkhiya@n[ s{ahad bana@t& hain[ (|bana@) maZaumaiKSayaaã oahd banaataI
hE>_
(106) He desires respect. vah samma@n c{a@hata@ hai (|c{a@h) vah sammaana caahtaa hE_
(107) The horse runs. ghod<a@ daud<ata@ hai (|bha@g, |daud<) zaaeDña daEDñtaa hE_
(108) Ra@ja@ wins a house. Ra@ja@ maka@n j&tata@ hai) rajaa makana jaItataa hE_
(109) The ice melts. barf pighalat& hai (|pighal) baf| ipazaLataI hE_
(110) Teya@ brings the keys. Teya@ c{a@biya@n[ la@t& hai (|la@) taeyaa caaibayaaã LaataI hE_
(111) N&ta@ cleans the kitchen. N&ta@ raso& sa@f karat& hai (|sa@ kar) naItaa rsaae}| saaf krtaI hE_
(112) The knife cuts. c{a@ku@ ka@t>ata@ hai (|ka@t>) caak” ka@taa hE_
(113) Lamps burn. d&ye jalate hai (|jal) dIyae jaLatae hE>_
(114) We speak Hind& language. ham Hind& bha@s<a@ bolate hain[ (|bol) hma ih>dI BaaPaa baaeLatae hE>_
(115) They make laws. ve ka@nu@n bana@te hain[ (|bana@) vae kanaUna banaatae hE>_
(116) Vijay is a lawyer. vijay vak&l hai (|ho) ivajaya vakILa hE_
(117) Leaves fall. patte girate hain[ (|gir) paTae igartae hE>_
(118) The lid opens. d<hakkan khulata@ hai (|khul) $Kkna SauLataa hE_
(119) Monkey jumps. bandar ku@data@ hai (|ku@d) ba>dr k”dtaa hE_
(120) Ratna@kar opens the lock. Ratna@kar ta@la@ kholata@ hai (|khol) rtnaakr taaLaa SaaeLataa hE_
(121) The lotus blooms. kamal khilata@ hai (|khil) kmaLa iSaLataa hE_
(122) A man explains. a@dm& samajha@ta@ hai (|samajha@) AadmaI samaJaataa hE_
(123) You eat a mango. a@p a@m kha@te hain (|kha@) Aapa Aama Saatae hE>_
(124) Maternal uncle explains the meaning. ma@ma@j& artha samajha@te hain (|samajha@) maamaajaI
AYa| samaJaatae hE>_
12
HINDI TEACHER for English Speaking People
(125) The cow gives milk. ga@y du@dh det& hai (|de) gaaya dUZa detaI hE_
(126) Milkman brings milk. gwa@la@ du@dh la@ta@ hai (|la@) gvaaLaa dUZa Laataa hE_
(127) Dil&p receives money. Dil&p paise pa@ta@ hai (|pa@) idLaIpa paEsae paataa hE_
(128) The monkey roams. bandar ghu@mata@ hai (|ghu@m) ba>dr zaUmataa hE_
(129) The moon shines. c{and c{amakata@ hai (|c{amak) caaãd camaktaa hE_
(130) The mosquito bites. mac{c{har ka@t>ata@ hai (|ka@t>) macCr ka@taa hE_
(131) Mother loves. ma@n[ pya@r karat& hai (|pya@r kar) maaã pyaar krtaI hE_
(132) The cat catches mice. bill& c{u@he pakad<at& hai (|pakad<) ibaLLaI caUhe pakDñtaI hE_
(133) Shobha@ reads a novel. Shobha@ upanya@s pad<hat& hai (|pad<h) oaaeBaa qpanyaasa pa$ñtaI hE_
(134) Today the office is closed. a@j ka@rya@lay band hai (|band) Aaja kayaa|Laya ba>d hE_
(135) G&ta@ fries onion. G&ta@ pya@j bhu@nat& hai (|tal) gaItaa pyaaja BaUnataI hE_
(136) Suresh gives an opinion. Suresh ra@y deta@ hai (|de) saureoa raya detaa hE_
(137) Mona@ cuts an orange. Mona@ santara@ ka@t>at& hai (|ka@t>) maaenaa sa>tara ka@taI hE_
(138) The worker works. karmac{a@r& ka@m karata@ hai (|ka@m kar) kma|caarI kama krtaa hE_
(139) Anita@ sews a pair of pants. Anita@ patalu@n s&t& hai (|s&) AnaItaa pataLaUna saItaI hE_
(140) The parrot speaks. tota@ bolata@ hai (|bol) taaetaa baaeLataa hE_
(141) The peacock dances. mor na@c{ata@ hai (|na@c{) maaer naacataa hE_
(142) Rekha@ draws a picture. Rekha@ c{itra bana@t& hai (|nika@l) reSaa ica%a banaataI hE_
(143) Pig eats. su@ar kha@ta@ hai (|kha@) saUAr Saataa hE_
(144) The pigeon flies. kabu@tar ud<ata@ hai (|ud<) kbaUtar qDñtaa hE_
(145) The plant grows. paudha@ bad<hata@ hai (|bad<h) paaEZaa ba$ñtaa hE_
(146) Dish breaks. tha@l& t>u@t>at& hai (t>u@t>) YaaLaI @U@taI hE_
(147) The Poet writes. kavi likhata@ hai (|likh) kiva iLaSataa hE_
(148) The police catches a thief. sipa@h& c{or pakad<ata@ hai (|pakad<) isapaahI caaer pakDñtaa hE_
(149) Postman brings the mail. d<a@kiya@ d<a@k la@ta@ hai (|la@) Daikyaa Dak Laataa hE_
(150) The pot warms. baratan tapata@ hai (|tap) bartana tapataa hE_
13
HINDI TEACHER for English Speaking People
(151) Ran>a@ peels a potato. Ra@n<a@ a@lu@ c{h&lata@ hai (|c{h&l) raNaa AaLaU CILataa hE_
(152) The prices rise. k&maten[ bad<hat&@ hain[ (|bad<h) kImatae> ba$ñtaI hE>_
(153) The police gives punishment. pulis saja@ det& hai (|saja@ de) pauiLasa sajaa detaI hE_
(154) The rabbit eats radish. kharagos{ mu@l& kha@ta@ hai (|kha@) Sargaaeoa maULaI Saataa hE_
(155) David cooks rice. David c{a@wal paka@ta@ hai (|paka@) DeivaD caavaLa pakataa hE_
(156) The river flows. nad& bahat& hai (|bah) nadI bahtaI hE_
(157) Tony cleans the room. Tony kamara@ sa@f karata@ hai (|sa@f kar) @aenaI kmara saaf krtaa hE_
(158) The rose blooms. gula@b khilata@ hai (|khil) gauLaaba iSaLataa hE_
(159) The servant works. naukar ka@m karata@ hai (|ka@m kar) naaEkr kama krtaa hE_
(160) Dev washes hands. Dev ha@th dhota@ hai (|dho) deva haYa Zaaetaa hE_
(161) Paul wears shoes-boots. Paul ju@te pahanata@ hai (|pahan) paaâLa jaUtae pahnataa hE_
(162) The shop opens today also. a@j bh& duka@n khulat& hai (|khul) Aaja BaI dukana SauLataI hE_
(163) Sister calls. d&d& bula@t& hai (|bula@) dIdI bauLaataI hE_
(164) Sister-in-law knows this. sa@l&-bha@bh& yah ja@nat& hai (|ja@n) saaLaI-BaaBaI yah jaanataI hE_
(165) Son wears the socks. bet>a@ moje pahanata@ hai (|pahan) bae@a maaejae pahnataa hE_
(166) We listen the sound. ham a@wa@j sunate hain[ (|sun) hma Aavaaja saunatae hE>_
(167) The sparrow eats seeds. c{id<iya@ b&j-da@ne kha@t& hai (kha@) icaiDñyaa baIja-danae SaataI hE_
(168) The star shines. ta@ra@ c{amakata@ hai (|c{amak) taara camaktaa hE_
(169) We listen the story. ham kaha@n& sunate hain[ (|sun) hma khanaI saunatae hE>_
(170) Student attains success. c{ha@tra yas{a pa@ta@ hai (|pa@) Ca%a yaoa paataa hE_
(171) Sun sets. su@raj d<u@bata@ hai (|d<u@b) saUrja DUbataa hE_
(172) Jerry makes tea. Jerry c{ay bana@ta@ hai (|bana@) jaerI caaya banaataa hE_
(173) Prabha@t wears a cap. Prabha@t t<op& pahanata@ hai (|bana@) paRBaata @aepaI pahnataa hE_
(174) Anil knows Sanskrit. Anil Sanskrit ja@nata@ hai (|bana@) Ainal sa>s×ta jaanataa hE_
(175) Indira@ reads a news paper. Indira@ akhaba@r pad<hat& hai (|pad<h) }>idra ASabaar pa$ñtaI hE_
(176) Atul sends a letter. Atul patra bhejata@ hai (|bhej) Ataul pa%a Baejataa hE_
14
HINDI TEACHER for English Speaking People
(177) Ajay tastes the meal. Ajay kha@na@ c{akhata@ hai (|bana@) Ajaya Saanaa caSataa hE_
(178) The teacher teaches. guruj&-s{iks<ak pad<ha@te hain[ (|pad<ha@) gauwjaI-ioaxak pa$ñatae hE>_
(179) They give thanks. ve dhanyava@da dete hain[ (|de) vae Zanyavaad detae hE>_
(180) The thief runs away. c{or bha@gata@ hai (|bha@g) caaer Baagataa hE_
(181) I tell one thing. main{ ek ba@t bata@ta@ hu@n[ (|bata@) maE> ]k baata bataataa hUã_ I give one thing.
main{ ek c{&j deta@ hu@n[ (|de) maE> ]k caIja detaa hUã_
(182) The s{er hunts. s{er s{ika@r karata@ hai (|s{ika@r kar) oaer ioakar krtaa hE_
(183) Dolly boils eggs. Dolly an>d<e uba@lat& hai (|uba@l) DaâLaI A>De qbaaLataI hE_
(184) The towel dries. tauliya@ su@khata@ hai (|su@kh) taaEiLayaa saUSataa hE_
(185) Kids play. bac}c}e khelate hain[) baccae SaeLatae hE>_
(186) This is the truth. yah sac{ hai (|ho) yah saca hE_
(187) The washerman washes the clothes. dhob& kapad<e dhota hai (|dho) ZaaebaI kpaDñe Zaaetaa hE_
(188) Water is boils. pa@n& ubalata@ hai (|ubal) paanaI qbaLataa hE_
(189) Wind blows. hava@ bahat& hai (|bah) hvaa bahtaI hE_
(190) The window opens. khid<ak& khulat& hai (|khul) iSaDñkI SauLataI hE_
(191) The wood burns. lakad<& jalat& hai (|jal) LakDñI jaLataI hE_
(192) I do work. main[ ka@m karata@ ku@n[ (|kar) maE> kama krtaa hUã_
(193) She gives reply. vah jawa@b det& hai (|jawa@b de) vah javaaba detaI hE_
(194) He makes an attempt. vah prayatna karata@ hai (pra|yatna kar) vah paRyatna krtaa hE_
(195) He lives here. vah yaha@n[ rahata@ hai (|rah, |ho) vah yahaã rhtaa hE_
(196) Chicken crosses the road. murag& rasta@ pa@r karat& hai (|pa@r kar) maurgaI rstaa paar krtaI hE_
(197) She forgets the address. vah pata@ bhu@lat& hai (|bhu@l) vah pataa BaULataI hE_
(198) You glue the paper. a@p ka@gajh c{ipaka@te hain[ (|c{ipaka@) Aapa kagaja icapakatae hE>_
(199) Ra@m meets. Ra@m milata@ hai (|mil) rama imaLataa hE_
(200) They say. ve kahate hain[ (|kah) vae khtae hE>_
15
HINDI TEACHER for English Speaking People
(1) I eat, I do eat (main[> kha@ta@ hun[) maE> Saataa hUã, is a Simple Present Tense or Habitual Present
tense.
(2) I am eating (main[ kha@ raha@ hun[) maE> Saa rha hUã_
Subject
Object
I (main[ maE>)
c{a@y caaya
We (ham hma)
You (a@p Aapa)
He (vah vah)
She (vah vah)
They (ve vae)
Gender
m\
c{a@y caaya
c{a@y caaya
c{a@y caaya
c{a@y caaya
c{a@y caaya
Verb
Suffix2
p& (paI) raha@ (rha) hu@n[ (hUã)
p& (paI) rahe (rhe) hain[ (hE>)
p& (paI) rahe (rhe) hain[ (hE>)
p& (paI) raha@ (rha) hai (hE)
p& (paI) rah& (rhI) hai (hE)
p& (paI) rahe (rhe) hain[ (hE>)
Singular
Plural
main[ kar raha@ hun[
ham kar rahe hain[
I am doing
We are doing
You are doing
You are doing
He, it is doing
They are doing
maE> kr rha hUã
Aapa kr rhe hE>
vah kr rha hE
hma kr rhe hE>
Aapa kr rhe hE>
vae kr rhe hE>
I am doing
We are doing
You are doing
You are doing
She, it is doing
They are doing
a@p kar rahe hain[
vah kar raha@ hai
f\
Suffix1
main[ kar rah& hun[
a@p kar rah& hain[
vah kar rahi hai
a@p kar rahe hain[
ve kar rahe hain[
ham kar rah& hain[
a@p kar rah& hain[
ve kar rah& hain[
16
HINDI TEACHER for English Speaking People
maE> kr rhI hUã
Aapa kr rhI hE>
vah kr rhI hE
hma kr rhI hE>
Aapa kr rhI hE>
vae kr rhI hE>_
1. I am eating. (main[ kha@ raha@ hu@n[) maE> Saa rha hUã_
2. I am eating. (main[ kha@ rah& hu@n[) maE> Saa rhI hUã_
3. We are sleeping. (ham so rahe hain[) hma saae rhe hE>_
4. We are sleeping. (ham so rah& hain[) hma saae rhI hE>_
5. You are drinking. (a@p p& rahe hain[) Aapa paI rhe hE>_
6. You are drinking. (a@p p& rah& hain[) Aapa paI rhI hE>_
7. He is speaking. (vah bol raha@ hai) vah baaeLa rha hE_
8. She is speaking. (vah bol rah& hai) vah baaeLa rhI hE_
9. She is writing. (vah likh rah& hai) vah iLaSa rhI hE_
10. He is writing. (vah likh raha@ hai) vah iLaSa rha hE_
11. They are coming. (ve a@ rahe hain[)
vae Aa rhe hE>_
12. They are coming. (ve a@ rah& hain[) vae Aa rhI hE>_
13. I am seeing. (main[ dekh raha@ hu@n[) maE> deSa rha hUã_
14. I am seeing. (main[ dekh rah& hu@n[)
maE> deSa rhI hUã_
15. We are seeing. (ham dekh rahe hain[) hma deSa rhe hE>
16. We are seeing. (ham dekh rah& hain[) hma deSa rhI hE>_
17. You are seeing. (a@p dekh rahe hain[) Aapa deSa rhe hE>
18. You are seeing. a@p dekh rah& hain[ Aapa deSa rhI hE>
19. He are seeing. (vah dekh raha@ hai) vah deSa rha hE_
20. She is seeing. (vah dekh rah& hai) vah deSa rhI hE_
21. She is going. (vah ja@ rah& hai)
vah jaa rhI hE_
22. He is going. (vah ja@ raha@ hai)
vah jaa rha hE_
23. They are going. (ve ja@ rahe hain[) vae jaa rhe hE>_
17
HINDI TEACHER for English Speaking People
24. They are going. (ve ja@ rah& hain[) vae jaa rhI hE>_
25. I am wishing (main[ ic{c{ha@ kar raha@ hun[)
maE> }cCa kr rha hUã_
26. I am wishing. (main[ ic{c{ha@ kar rah& hun[) maE> }cCa kr rhI hUã_
27. We are worshipping. (ham pu@ja@ kar rahe hain[) hma paUjaa kr rhe hE>_
28. We are worshipping. (ham pu@ja@ kar rah& hain[) hma paUjaa kr rhI hE>_
29. You are working. (a@p ka@ma kar rahe hain[)
Aapa kama kr rhe hE>_
30. You are working. (a@p ka@ma kar rah& hain[)
Aapa kama kr rhI hE>_
31. He is moving. (vah hil raha@ hai) vah ihLa rha hE_
32. He is moving. (vah hila@ raha@ hai)
vah ihLaa rha hE_
33. She is moving. (vah hil rah& hai) vah ihLa rhI hE_
34. She is moving. (vah hila@ rah& hai)
vah ihLaa rhI hE_
35. It is breaking. (vah t>u@t> raha@ hai) vah @U@ rha hE_
36. He is breaking. (vah tod< raha@ hai)
vah taaeDñ rha hE_
37. It is drying. (vah su@kh raha@ hai) vah saUSa rha hE_
38. They are drying. (ve su@kh rahe hain[)
vae saUSa rhe hE>_
39. I am drying. (main[ sukha@ raha@ hun[) maE> sauSaa rha hUã_
Subject
Object
Verb Suffix
I (main[ ne maE>nae)
water (pa@n& paanaI)
p& (paI) ya@ (yaa)
We (ham ne hmanae)
water (pa@n& paanaI)
p& (paI) ya@ (yaa)
You (a@p ne Aapanae)
water (pa@n& paanaI)
p& (paI) ya@ (yaa)
He (us ne qsanae)
water (pa@n& paanaI)
p& (paI) ya@ (yaa)
She (us ne qsanae)
water (pa@n& paanaI)
p& (paI) ya@ (yaa)
They (unhon[ ne qnhae>nae) water (pa@n& paanaI)
p& (paI) ya@ (yaa)
Subject
I (main[ ne maE>nae)
Object
a@m Aama
Verb
kha@ (Saa)
Suffix
ya@ (yaa)
18
HINDI TEACHER for English Speaking People
We (ham ne hmanae)
a@m Aama
kha@ (Saa)
ya@ (yaa)
You (a@p ne Aapanae)
a@m Aama
kha@ (Saa)
ya@ (yaa)
He (us ne qsanae)
a@m Aama
kha@ (Saa)
ya@ (yaa)
She (us ne qsanae)
a@m Aama
kha@ (Saa)
ya@ (yaa)
They (unhon[ ne qnhae>nae) a@m Aama
kha@ (Saa)
ya@ (yaa)
Subject
Verb
a@ (Aa)
Suffix
ya@ (yaa)
We (ham hma)
a@ (Aa)
e or ye (], yae)
You (a@p Aapa)
a@ (Aa)
e or ye (], yae)
He (vah vah)
a@ (Aa)
ya@ (yaa)
She (vah vah)
a@ (Aa)
y&, & (yaI, }|)
They (ve vae)
a@ (Aa)
ye, e (yae, ])
They (ve vae)
a@ (Aa)
I (main[ maE>)
I drank
You drank
He, she drank
I, we came
You came
He, it came
y&, & or y&n[, &n[ (yaI, }|, yaI>, }|>)
Singular
Plural
main[ ne piya@
ham ne piya@
maE>nae paIyaa_
hmanae paIyaa_
a@p ne piya@[
a@p ne piya@
Aapanae paIyaa_
Aapanae paIyaa_
us ne piya@
unhon[ ne piya@
qsanae paIyaa_
qnhae>nae paIyaa_
main[ a@ya@
ham a@ye
maE> Aayaa_
hma Aa]_
a@p a@ye
a@p a@ye
Aapa Aa]_
Aapa Aa]_
vah a@ya@
ve a@ye
vah Aayaa_
vae Aa]_
19
HINDI TEACHER for English Speaking People
I, we came
You came
She came
main[ a@y&
ham a@y&n[*
maE> Aa}|_
hma Aa}|>_*
a@p a@y&*
a@p a@y&n[*
Aapa Aa}|>_*
Aapa Aa}|>_*
vah a@y&
ve a@y&n[*
vah Aa}|_
vae Aa}|>_*
1. m\ I ate (main[ ne kha@ya@, main[ ne kha@ye, main[ ne kha@&, main[ ne kha@&n[) maE>nae Saayaa, maE>nae Saa],
maE>nae Saa}|, maE>nae Saa}|>_
2. f\ I ate (main[ ne kha@ya@, main[ ne kha@ye, main[ ne kha@&, main[ ne kha@@&n[) maE>nae Saayaa, maE>nae Saa],
maE>nae Saa}|, maE>nae Saa}|>_ (The feminine forms are same as masculine forms)
3. m\ We slept (ham soe) hma saae]_ 4. f\ We slept (ham so&n[) hma saae}|>_
5. m\ You drank (a@p ne p&ya@, a@p ne p&e, a@p ne p&, a@p ne p&n[) Aapanae paIyaa, Aapanae paI], Aapanae paI,
Aapanae paI>_
6. f\ You drank (Same as masculine)
7. m\ He spoke (us ne kaha@, us ne kahe, us ne kah&, us ne kah&n[) qsanae kha, qsanae khe, qsanae
khI, qsanae khI>_
8. f\ She spoke (Same as masculine)
9. f\ She wrote (us ne likha@, us ne likhe, us ne likh&, us ne likh&n[) qsanae iLaSaa, qsanae iLaSae, qsanae
iLaSaI, qsanae iLaSaI>_
10. m\ He wrote (Same as feminine) 11. m\ They came (ve a@e) vae Aa]_
12. f\ They came (ve a@&n[) vae Aa}|>_
13. m\ I saw (main[ ne dekha@, main[ ne dekhe, main[ ne dekh&, main[ ne dekh&n[) maE>nae deSaa, maE>nae
deSae, maE>nae deSaI, maE>nae deSaI>_
14. f\ I saw (Same as masculine)
15. m\ We saw (ham ne dekha@, ham ne dekhe, ham ne dekh&, ham ne dekh&n[) hmanae deSaa, hmanae
deSae, hmanae deSaI, hmanae deSaI>_
20
HINDI TEACHER for English Speaking People
16. f\ We saw (Same as masculine)
17. m\ You saw (a@p ne dekha@, a@p ne dekhe, a@p ne dekh&, a@p ne dekh&n[) Aapanae deSaa, Aapanae deSae,
Aapanae deSaI, Aapanae deSaI>_
18. f\ You saw (Same as masculine)
19. m\ He saw (us ne dekha@, us ne dekhe, us ne dekh&, us ne dekh&n[) qsanae deSaa, qsanae deSae, qsanae
deSaI, qsanae deSaI>_
20. f\ She saw (Same as masculine) 21. f\ She went (vah ga&) vah ga}|_
22. m\ He went (vah gaya@) vah gayaa_ 23. m\ They went (ve gaye) vae ga]_
24. f\ They went (ve ga&n[) vae ga}|>_
1. m\ I ate a banana, bananas, roti, roti/ ... (main[ ne kela@ kha@ya@, main[ ne kele kha@ye, main[ ne
rot>& kha@y&, main[ ne rot>iya@n[ kha@y&n[) maE>nae k’Laa Saayaa, maE>nae k’Lae Saa], maE>nae rae@I Saa}|, maE>nae raei@yaaã
Saa}|>_
2. f\ I ate a banana, bananas, roti, roti/ (main[ ne kela@ kha@ya@, main[ ne kele kha@ye, main[ ne rot>&
kha@y&, main[ ne rot>iya@n[y kha@y&n[) maE>nae k’Laa Saayaa, maE>nae k’Lae Saa], maE>nae rae@I Saa}|, maE>nae raei@yaaã
Saa}|>_ (Same as the masculine forms, there is no difference)
5. m\ You drank milk, juices, tea, coffies (a@pne du@dh p&ya@, a@pne ras p&ye, a@pne c{a@y p&, a@pne
ka@fiya@n[ p&n[) Aapanae dUZa paIyaa, Aapanae rsa paI], Aapanae caaya paI, Aapanae kaifyaaã paI>>_
6. f\ You drank ... (Same as masculine)
7. m\ He spoke a word, words, poem, poems (us ne ek s{abd kaha@, us ne s{abda kahe, us ne
kavita@ kah&, us ne kavita@en[ kah&n[) qsanae ]k oabd kha, qsanae oabd khe, qsanae kivataa khI,
qsanae kivataa]ã khI>>_
8. f\ She spoke ... (Same as masculine)
9. f\ She wrote a letter, letters, letter, letters (us ne patra likha@, us ne patra likhe, us ne c{it>t>h&
likh&, us ne c{t>t>hiya@n[ likh&n[) qsanae pa%a iLaSaa, qsanae pa%a iLaSae, qsanae ica@`#I iLaSaI, qsanae icai@`#yaaã
iLaSaI>_
10. m\ He wrote ... (Same as feminine)
21
HINDI TEACHER for English Speaking People
13. m\ I saw a green turtle, turtles, black ant, black ants (main[ ne hara@ kac{hua@ dekha@@, main[
ne hare kac{hue dekhe, main[ ne ka@li c{&n[t>& dekh&, main[ ne ka@l& c{&n[t>iya@n[ dekh&n[) maE>nae hra
kCuAa deSaa, maE>nae hre kCu] deSae, maE>nae kaLaI caI>@I deSaI, maE>nae kaLaI caI>i@yaaã deSaI>_
14. f\ I saw ... (Same as masculine)
15. m\ We saw a Hind& play, plays, movie, films (ham ne Hind& na@t>ak dekha@, ham ne Hind&
na@t>ak dekhe, ham ne Hind& mu@v& dekh&, ham ne Hind& filmen[ dekh&n[) hmanae ih>dI naa@k deSaa,
hmanae ih>dI naa@k deSae, hmanae ih>dI maUvaI deSaI, hmanae ih>dI ifLmae> deSaI>_
16. f\ We saw ... (Same as masculine)
17. m\ You saw my garden, brothers, book, watches (a@p ne mera@ bag&c{a@ dekha@, a@p ne mere
bha@& dekhe, a@p ne mer& kita@b dekh&, a@p ne mer& ghad<iya@n[ dekh&n[) Aapanae maera bagaIcaa deSaa,
Aapanae maere Baa}| deSae, Aapanae maerI iktaaba deSaI, Aapanae maerI zaiDñyaaã deSaI>_
18. f\ You saw ... (Same as masculine)
19. m\ He saw your picture, pictures, car, cars (us ne a@p ka c{itra dekha@, us ne a@p ke c{itra
dekhe, us ne a@p k& ga@d<& dekh&, us ne a@p k& ga@d<iya@n[ dekh&n[) qsanae Aapaka ica%a deSaa, qsanae
Aapak’ ica%a deSae, qsanae AapakI gaaDñI deSaI, qsanae AapakI gaaiDñyaaã deSaI>_
20. f\ She saw ... (Same as masculine)
21. f\ She went home (vah ghar gay&) vah zar ga}|_
22. m\ He went home (vah ghar gaya@) vah zar gayaa_
23. m\ They went home (ve ghar gaye) vae zar ga]_
24. f\ They went home (ve ghar gay&n[) vae zar ga}|>_
When should we use main[ (maE>) and when should we use main[ ne (maE>nae)?
The answer is :
(a) Main[ ne maE>nae (hmanae, Aapanae, qsanae, qnhae>nae) is used for Transitive (sakma|k) verbs, only in the
Perfect tenses.
(b) Main[ maE> (hma, Aapa, vah, vae) is used for Intransitive (Akma|k) verbs of all tenses.
22
HINDI TEACHER for English Speaking People
Then the question is :
What is a Transitive verb and what is an Intransitive verb?
The answer is explained in the next section :
1. maE> ca$ña_ main[ c{ad<ha@ I climbed.
2. Aapa k”de, Aapa k”dI>_ a@p ku@de, a@p ku@d&n[ You jumped.
3. vah q#a_ vah ut>ha@ He stood. 4. vah saae}|_ vah soy& She slept.
5. hma baE#e, hma baE#I>_ ham bait>he, ham bait>h&n[ We sat.
6. vae zaUmaI>_ ve ghu@m&n[ They (ladies) wandered.
7. hma taEre, hma taErI>_ ham taire, ham tair&n[ We swam.
8. Aapa Aagae ba$ñe, Aapa Aagae ba$ñI>_ a@p a@ge bad<he, a@p a@ge
bad<h&n[ You advanced.
9. maE> hãsaI_ main[ han[s& I (girl) laughed. 10. vah camaka_ vah c{amaka@ He shone.
1. maE>nae gae>d pakDñI_ (main[ ne gen[d pakad<&) I caught the ball.
2. hmanae kmara saaf ikyaa_ (ham ne kamara@ sa@f kiya@) We cleaned the room.
3. Aapanae kagaja ka@a_ (a@p ne ka@gaja ka@t>a@) You cut the paper.
4. qsanae kLama q#a}|_ (us ne kalam ut>ha@&) He picked up the pen.
5. qnhae>nae haYa jaaeDñe_ (unhon[ ne ha@th jod<e) They joined hands.
6. baccae nae maaã kae caUmaa_ (bac{c{e ne ma@n[ ko c{u@ma@) The child kissed his mother.
7. sabanae baa}ibaLa jaanaa_ (sab ne ba@ibal ja@na@) All read the Bible.
8. Ariva>d nae ih>dI saISaI_ (Arvind ne Hind& s&kh&) Arvind learned Hind&.
9. maE>nae caaãd deSaa_ (main[ ne c{a@nd dekha@) I looked at the moon.
10. saunaILa nae dUZa DaLaa_ (sun&l ne du@dh d<a@la@) Sun&l poured milk.
11. rahuLa nae bartana igarayaa_ (Ra@hul ne baratan gira@ya@) Ra@hul dropped a pot.
23
HINDI TEACHER for English Speaking People
1. iSaLaaEnaa @U@a, rama nae iSaLaaEnaa taaeDña_ (khilauna@ t>u@t>a@, Ra@m ne khilauna@ tod<a@) The toy broke, Ra@m
broke the toy.
2. zaasa jaLaI, qsanae zaasa jaLaa}| _ (gha@s jal&, us ne gha@s jala@y&) The grass burned, He burned the
grass.
3. paTaae> ka r>ga badLaa, hmanae makana badLaa_ (patton[ ka@ ran[g badala@, ham ne maka@n badala@) The
colour of leaves changed, We changed the house.
4. taaLaaba Bara, qnhae>nae paanaI Bara_ (ta@la@b bhara@, unhon[ ne pa@n& bhara@) The pond got filled, They
filled (a pot) with water.
5. kpaDña saUSaa, A>jaiLa nae kpaDña sauSaayaa_ (kapad<a@ su@kha@, An~jali ne kapad<a@ sukha@ya@) Cloth dried,
An~jal& dried the cloth.
6. Ja>Da ihLaa, qsanae Ja>Da ihLaayaa_ (jhan<d<a@ hila@, us ne jhan<d<a@ hila@ya@) The flag moved, He moved
the flag.
7. baccaa iCpaa, baccae nae iSaLaaEnaa iCpaayaa_
(bac{c{a@ c{hipa@, bac{c{e ne khilauna@ c{hipa@ya@) The boy
hid, The boy hid the toy.
8. za>@I bajaI, maE>nae za>@I bajaa}|_ (ghan<t>& baj&, main[ ne ghan<t>& baja@&) The bell rang, I rang the bell.
9. vah wka, qsanae gaaDñI raekI_ (vah ruka@, us ne ga@d<& rok&) He stopped, He stopped the car.
10. pa>CI qDña, qsanae hvaa}| jahaja qDñayaa_ (pan~c{h& ud<a@, us ne hawa@& jaha@j ud<a@ya@) The bird flew.
She flew the aeroplane.
REMEMBER TWO THINGS
(1) Use of suffix ne (nae) occurs only in the Perfect Tenses while using the Transitive verbs.
(2) When ne (nae) suffix is attached, (it isolates the subject from the verb and the object) Now
the gender, number and person of the subject has no effect on the verb. The verb is now
affected by gender and number of the object.
1. He did the work (us ne ka@m kiya@) qsanae kama ikyaa_
24
HINDI TEACHER for English Speaking People
He got the work done (us ne ka@m karawa@ya@) qsanae kama krvaayaa_
2. She wrote the letter (us ne patra likha@) qsanae pa%a iLaSaa_
She got the letter written (us ne patra likhawa@ya@) qsanae pa%a iLaSavaayaa_
3. He cut the wood (us ne lakad<& ka@t>&) qsanae LakDñI ka@I_
He got the wood cut (us ne lakad<& kat>awa@&) qsanae LakDñI k@vaa}|_
4. They wrote this article together. (unhon[ ne yah lekh mil kar likha@ hai) qnhae>nae yah LaeSa imaLa kr
iLaSaa_
They got this article written by the someone. (unhon[ ne yah lekh kis& se likhava@ya@) qnhaen> ae yah
LaeSa iksaI sae iLaSavaayaa_
5. The servants have dropped the stones in proper place. (naukaron[ ne patthar t>h&k jagah par
d<a@le hain[) naaEkrae> nae patYar #Ik jagah par DaLae hE>_
He got the stones dropped at proper place through the servants. (us ne naukaron[ se patthar
t>h&k jagah par d<alava@e) qsanae naaEkrae> sae patYar #Ik jagah par DLavaa]_
NOTE: The Hind& words that are underlined with a dotted line are Sanskrit words.
1. m\ I had eaten (main[ ne kha@ya@ tha@, main[ ne kha@ye the, main[ ne kha@y& th&, main[ ne kha@y& th&n[)
maEn> ae Saayaa Yaa, maEn> ae Saa] Yae, maEn> ae Saa}| YaI, maE>nae Saa}| YaI>_
2. f\ I had eaten (main[ ne kha@ya@ tha@, main[ ne kha@ye the, main[ ne kha@y& th&, main[ ne kha@y& th&n[)
maE>nae Saayaa Yaa, maEnae Saa] Yae, maE>nae Saa}| YaI, maE>nae Saa}| YaI>_ (Same as masculine)
3. m\ We had slept. (ham soye the) hma saae] Yae_
4. f\ We had slept. (ham soy& th&n[) hma saae}| YaI>_
5. m\ You had drunk. (a@p ne p&ya@ tha@, a@pne p&ye the, a@p ne p& th&, a@p ne p& th&n[) Aapanae paIyaa Yaa,
Aapanae paI] Yae, Aapanae paI YaI, Aapanae paI YaI>_
6. f\ You had drunk. (Same as masculine)
25
HINDI TEACHER for English Speaking People
7. m\ He had spoken. (us ne kaha@ tha@, us ne kahe the, us ne kah& th&, us ne kah& th&n[) qsanae kha
Yaa, qsanae khe Yae, qsanae khI YaI, qsanae khI YaI>_
8. f\ She had spoken. (Same as masculine)
9. f\ She had written (usne likha@ tha@, us ne likhe the, usne likh& th&, usne likh& th&n[) qsanae iLaSaa
Yaa, qsanae iLaSae Yae, qsanae iLaSaI YaI, qsanae iLaSaI YaI>_
10. m\ He had written. (Same as feminine)
11. m\ They had come. (ve a@ye the) vae Aa] Yae_
12. f\ They had come. (ve a@y& th&n[) vae Aa}| YaI>_
13. m\ I had seen. (main[ ne dekha@ tha@, main[ ne dekhe the, main[ ne dekh& th&, main[ ne dekh& th&n[)
maE>nae deSaa Yaa, maE>nae deSae Yae, maE>nae deSaI YaI, maE>nae deSaI YaI>_
14. f\ I had seen. (Same as masculine)
15. m\ We had seen. (ham ne dekha@ tha@, ham ne dekhe the, ham ne dekh& th&, ham ne dekh& th&n[)
hmanae deSaa Yaa, hmanae deSae Yae, hmanae deSaI YaI, hmanae deSaI YaI>_
16. f\ We had seen. (Same as masculine)
17. m\ You had seen. (a@p ne dekha@ tha@, a@p ne dekhe the, a@p ne dekh& th&, a@p ne dekh& th&n[) Aapanae
deSaa Yaa, Aapanae deSae Yae_ Aapanae deSaI YaI, Aapanae deSaI YaI>_
18. f\ You had seen. (Same as masculine)
19. m\ He had seen. (us ne dekha@ tha@, us ne dekhe the, us ne dekh& th&, us ne dekh& th&n[) qsanae
deSaa Yaa, qsanae deSae Yae, qsanae deSaI YaI, qsanae deSaI YaI>_
20. f\ She had seen. (Same as masculine)
21. f\ She had gone. (vah gay& th&) vah ga}| YaI_
22. m\ He had gone. (vah gaya@ tha@) vah gayaa Yaa_
23. m\ They had gone. (ve gaye the) vae ga] Yae_
24. f\ They had gone. (ve gay& th&n[) vae ga}| YaI>_
1. m\ I had eaten a banana, ...bananas, roti, roti/ (main[ ne kela@ kha@ya@ tha@, main[ ne kele kha@ye
the, main[ ne rot& kha@y& th&, main[ ne rotiya@n[ kha@y& th&n[) maE>nae k’Laa Saayaa Yaa, maEn> ae k’Lae Saa] Yae, maEn> ae
rae@I Saa}| YaI, maEn> ae raei@yaaã Saa}| YaI>_
26
HINDI TEACHER for English Speaking People
2. f\ I had eaten a banana, ...bananas, rot>&, rot>&/ (main[ ne kela@ kha@ya@ tha@, main[ ne kele kha@ye
the, main[ ne rot& kha@y& th&, main[ ne rotiya@n[ kha@y& th&n[) maE>nae k’Laa Saayaa Yaa, maEn> ae k’Lae Saa] Yae, maEn> ae
rae@I Saa}| YaI, maEn> ae raei@yaaã Saa}| YaI>_ (Same as masculine, no difference)
5. m\ You had drunk milk, juices, tea, coffies (a@p ne du@dh p&ya@ tha@, a@p ne ras p&ye the, a@p ne c{a@y
p& th&, a@p ne kaf&ya@n[ p& th&n[) Aapanae dUZa paIyaa Yaa, Aapanae rsa paI] Yae, Aapanae caaya paI YaI, Aapanae
kaifyaaã paI YaI>_
6. f\ You had drunk ... (Same as masculine)
7. m\ He had spoken a word, words, poem, poems (us ne ek s{abda kaha@ tha@, us ne s{abda kahe
the, us ne kavita@ kah& th&, us ne kuc{h kavita@en[ kah& th&n[) qsanae ]k oabd kha Yaa, qsanae kÖC
oabd khe Yae, qsanae kivataa khI YaI, qsanae kivataa]ã khI YaI>_
8. f\ She had spoken ... (Same as masculine)
9. f\ She had written a letter, letters, letter, letters (us ne patra likha@ tha@, us ne patra likhe the, us
ne c{it>t>h& likh& th&, us ne c{tt> >hiya@n[ likh& th&n[) qsanae pa%a iLaSaa Yaa, qsanae pa%a iLaSae Yae, qsanae ica@`#I
iLaSaI YaI, qsanae icai@`#yaaã iLaSaI YaI>_
10. m\ He had written ... (Same as feminine)
13. m\ I had seen a green turtle, green turtles, a black ant, black ants (main[ ne hara@ kac{hua@
dekha@ tha@, main[ ne hare kac{hue dekhe the, main[ ne ka@l& c{&n[t>& dekh& th&, main[ ne ka@l& c{&n[t>iya@n[
dekh& th&n[) maE>nae hra kCuAa deSaa Yaa, maE>nae hre kCu] deSae Yae, maEn> ae kaLaI caI>@I deSaI YaI, maEn> ae kaLaI
caI>i@yaaã deSaI YaI>_
14. f\ I had seen ... (Same as masculine)
15. m\ We had seen a Hind& play, plays, movie, films (ham ne Hind& na@ta> k dekha@ tha@, ham ne
Hind& na@t>ak dekhe the, ham ne Hind& mu@v& dekh& th&, ham ne Hind& filmen[ dekh& th&n[) hmanae
ih>dI naa@k deSaa Yaa, hmanae ih>dI naa@k deSae Yae, hmanae ih>dI maUvaI deSaI YaI, hmanae ih>dI ifLmae> deSaI YaI>_
16. f\ We had seen ... (Same as masculine)
17. m\ You had seen my garden, brothers, book, watches (a@p ne mera@ bag&c{a@ dekha@ tha@, a@p ne
mere bha@& dekhe the, a@p ne mer& kita@b dekh& th&, a@p ne mer& ghad<iya@n[ dekh& th&n[) Aapanae maera
bagaIcaa deSaa Yaa, Aapanae maere Baa}| deSae Yae, Aapanae maerI iktaaba deSaI YaI, Aapanae maerI zaiDñyaaã deSaI YaI>_
18. f\ You had seen ... (Same as masculine)
27
HINDI TEACHER for English Speaking People
19. m\ He had seen your picture, pictures, car, cars (us ne a@p ka c{itra dekha@ tha@, us ne a@p ke c{itra
dekhe the, us ne a@p k& ga@d<& dekh& th&, us ne a@p k& ga@di< ya@n[ dekh& th&n[) qsanae Aapaka ica%a deSaa Yaa,
qsanae Aapak’ ica%a deSae Yae, qsanae AapakI gaaDñI deSaI YaI, qsanae AapakI gaaiDñyaaã deSaI YaI>_
20. f\ She had seen ... (Same as masculine)
TABLE : FUTURE TENSE
Subject
I (main)[ maE>
Object
Verb
Suffix1
water (pa@n&) paanaI p& (paI) u@n[ (Qã)
Suffix2
ga@ (gaa)
We (ham) hma water (pa@n&) paanaI p& (paI) en[ (]ã)
ge (gae)
You (a@p) Aapa water (pa@n&) paanaI p& (paI) en[ (]ã)
ge (gae)
He (vah) vah water (pa@n&) paanaI p& (paI) e (])
ga@ (gaa)
She (vah) vah water (pa@n&) paanaI p& (paI) e (])
g& (gaI)
They (ve) vae
ge (gae)
Masculine :
water (pa@n&) paanaI p& (paI) en[ (]ã)
Singular
Plural
main[ karu@n[ga@.
ham karen[ge.
maE> kWãgaa_
hma kreg> ae_
You will do.
You will do.
I will do.
a@p karen[ge.
Feminine :
We will do.
Aapa kreg> ae_
a@p karen[ge.
Aapa kre>gae_
He will do.
They will do.
vah karega@.
ve karen[ge.
vah kregaa_
vae kreg> ae_
I will do.
We will do.
28
HINDI TEACHER for English Speaking People
main[ karu@n[g& .
ham karen[g&.*[
maE> kWãgaI_
hma kreg> aI_*
You will do.
You will do.
a@p karen[g&.*
a@p karen[g&.*
Aapa kreg> aI_*
Aapa kreg> aI_*
She will do.
They will do.
vah kareg&.
ve karen[g&.*
vah kregaI_
vae kreg> aI_*
*Many people use the masculine plurals for femine plurals also.
1. m\
[ a@[)
I will eat (main[ kha@u@ng
maE> SaaQãgaa_
2. f\
[ &)
I will eat (main[ kha@u@ng
maE> SaaQãgaI_
3. m\
We will sleep (ham soen[ge)
hma saae]ãgae_
4. f\
We will sleep (ham soen[g&)
hma saae]ãgaI_
5. m\
You will drink (a@p pien[ge)
Aapa paI]ãgae_
6. f\
You will drink (a@p p&en[g&)
Aapa paI]ãgaI_
7. m\
He will speak (vah kahega@)
vah khegaa_
8. f\
She will speak (vah kaheg&)
vah khegaI_
9. m\ He will write (vah likhega@)
vah iLaSaegaa_
10. f\ She will write (vah likheg&)
vah iLaSaegaI_
11. m\
They will come (ve a@en[ge)
vae Aa]ãgae_
12. f\
They will come (ve a@en[g&)
vae Aa]ãgaI_
13. m\
[ a@)
I will see (main[ dekhu@ng
maE> deSaUgã aa_
14. f\
[ &)
I will see (main[ dekhu@ng
maE> deSaUgã aI_
15. m\
We will see (ham dekhen[ge)
hma deSae>gae_
29
HINDI TEACHER for English Speaking People
16. f\
We will see (ham dekhen[g&)
hma deSae>gaI_
17. m\
You will see (a@p dekhen[ge)
Aapa deSaeg> ae_
18. f\
You will see (a@p dekhen[g&)
Aapa deSaeg> aI_
19. m\
He will see (vah dekhega@)
vah deSaegaa_
20. f\
She will see (vah dekheg&)
vah deSaegaI_
21. m\
He will go (vah ja@ega@)
vah jaa]gaa_
22. f\
She will go (vah ja@eg&@)
vah jaa]gaI_
23. m\
They will go (ve ja@en[ge)
vae jaa]ãgae_
24. f\
They will go (ve ja@en[g&)
vae jaa]ã>gaI_
1. Arvind is drinking cold water. (Arvind t>han<d<a@ pa@n& p& raha@ hai) Ariva>d #>Da paanaI paI rha hE_
2. Hema@ is drinking hot tea. (Hema@ garam c{a@y p& rah& hai) hemaa garma caaya paI rhI hE_
3. Jim did not go to school. (Jim vidya@lay nah&n[ gaya@) ijama iva^aLaya nahI> gayaa_
4. She will not eat today. (vah a@j kha@na@ nah&n[ kha@eg&) vah Aaja Saanaa nahI> Saa]gaI_
5. I jumped from the table. (main[ tebal se ku@da@-ku@d&) maE> @ebaLa (maeja) sae k”da-k”dI_
6. They cut the bananas with knife. (unhon[ ne c{a@ku@ se kele ka@t>e) qnhaen> ae caak” sae k’Lae ka@e_
7. I had washed hands with soap. (main[ ne ha@th sa@bun se dhoye the) maE>nae haYa saabauna sae Zaae] Yae_
8. We filled gas in the car. (ham ne ka@r men[ gais bhar&, pet<rol bhara.@) hmanae kar (gaaDñI) mae> gaEsa
BarI (pae@¼aeLa Bara)_
9. Shawn shoveled the snow. (Sha@n ne barf sa@f k&) oaana nae baf| saaf kI_
10. Jim gave me the book. (Jim ne mujhe pustak d&) ijama nae mauJae paustak dI_
11. You are not looking at me. (a@p mer& or nah&n[ dekh rahe-rah& hain[) Aapa maerI Aaer nahI> deSa rherhI hE>_
12. Arvind reads. (Arvind pad<hata@ hai) Ariva>d pa$ñtaa hE_
13. I saw the school. (main[ ne vidya@lay dekha@-pa@t>has{a@la@ dekh&) maE>nae iva^aLaya deSaa, paa#oaaLaa
deSaI_
[ a@) maE> Aapakae iktaaba nahI> dUgã aa_
14. I will not give you the book. (main[ a@p ko kita@b nah&n[ du@ng
30
HINDI TEACHER for English Speaking People
15. I am giving you the money. (main[ a@p ko paise de raha@ hu@n) maE> Aapakae paEsae de rha hU_ã
16. He was giving me the ball. (vah mujhe gend de raha@ tha@) vah mauJae gae>d de rha Yaa_
17. She was not there. (vah vaha@n[ nah&n[ th&) vah vahaã nahI> YaI_
(1) SIMPLE PRESENT TENSE (ta@, te, t&, t&n[, taa, tae, taI, taI>)
eg\ I write a Hind& letter, I do write a Hind& letter.
Subject
Adjective
Object Verb
Suffix
I m\
maE>
ih>dI
pa%a
iLaSa
taa hUã_
I f\
maE>
ih>dI
pa%a
iLaSa
taI hUã_
We m\
hma
ih>dI
pa%a
iLaSa
tae hE>_
We f\
hma
ih>dI
pa%a
iLaSa
taI hE>_
You m\
Aapa
ih>dI
pa%a
iLaSa
tae hE>_
You f\
Aapa
ih>dI
pa%a
iLaSa
taI hE>_
He, that
vah
ih>dI
pa%a
iLaSa
taa hE_
She f\
vah
ih>dI
pa%a
iLaSa
taI hE_
They m\
vae
ih>dI
pa%a
iLaSa
tae hE>_
They f\
vae
ih>dI
pa%a
iLaSa
taI hE>_
I m\
main[ Hind&
patra likh
ham
a@p
a@p
patra likh
patra likh
patra likh
I f\
We m\
We f\
You m\
You f\
main[ Hind&
ham Hind&
Hind&
Hind&
Hind&
patra likh
patra likh
ta@ hu@n[
t& hu@n[
te hain[
t& hain[
te hain[
t& hain[
31
HINDI TEACHER for English Speaking People
He, that
She f\
They m\
They f\
vah
vah
ve
ve
Hind&
Hind&
Hind&
Hind&
patra likh
patra likh
patra likh
patra likh
ta@ hai
t& hai
te hain[
t& hain[
(2) PRESENT CONTINUOUS TENSE
(raha@, rahe, rah&, rah&n[, rha, rhe, rhI, rhI>)
eg\ I am writing a Hind& latter
Subject
Adjective
Object Verb
Suffix
I m\
maE>
ih>dI
pa%a
iLaSa
rha hUã_
I f\
maE>
ih>dI
pa%a
iLaSa
rhI hUã_
We m\
hma
ih>dI
pa%a
iLaSa
rhe hE>_
We f\
hma
ih>dI
pa%a
iLaSa
rhI hE>_
You m\
Aapa
ih>dI
pa%a
iLaSa
rhe hE>_
You f\
Aapa
ih>dI
pa%a
iLaSa
rhI hE>_
He, that
vah
ih>dI
pa%a
iLaSa
rha hE_
She f\
vah
ih>dI
pa%a
iLaSa
rhI hE_
They m\
vae
ih>dI
pa%a
iLaSa
rhe hE>_
They f\
vae
ih>dI
pa%a
iLaSa
rhI hE>_
I m\
main[ Hind&
main[ Hind&
patra likh
patra likh
a@p
a@p
vah
patra likh
patra likh
patra likh
I f\
ham
ham
Hind&
Hind&
vah
They m\ ve
Hind&
Hind&
We m\
We f\
You m\
You f\
He, that
She f\
They f\
ve
Hind&
Hind&
Hind&
Hind&
raha@ hu@n[
rah& hu@n[
patra likh
patra likh
rahe hain[
rah& hain[
patra likh
patra likh
rah& hai
rahe hain[
patra likh
rahe hain[
rah& hain[
raha@ hai
rah& hain[
32
HINDI TEACHER for English Speaking People
(3) FUTURE TENSE
(ga@, ge, g&, g&n[, gaa, gae, gaI, gaI>)
eg\ I will write a Hind& latter
Subject
Adjective
Object Verb
Suffix
I m\
maE>
ih>dI
pa%a
iLaSa
Qã gaa_
I f\
maE>
ih>dI
pa%a
iLaSa
Qã gaI_
We m\
hma
ih>dI
pa%a
iLaSa
]ã gae_
We f\
hma
ih>dI
pa%a
iLaSa
]ã gaI_
You m\
Aapa
ih>dI
pa%a
iLaSa
]ã gae_
You f\
Aapa
ih>dI
pa%a
iLaSa
]ã gaI_
He m\
vah
ih>dI
pa%a
iLaSa
] gaa_
She f\
vah
ih>dI
pa%a
iLaSa
] gaI_
They m\
vae
ih>dI
pa%a
iLaSa
]ã gae_
They f\
vae
ih>dI
pa%a
iLaSa
]ã gaI_
I m\
main[ Hind&
main[ Hind&
patra likh
patra likh
u@n[ ga@.
u@n[ g&.
I f\
You m\
You f\
He, that
a@p
a@p
vah
vah
They m\ ve
She f\
They f\
ve
Hind&
patra likh en[ ge.
Hind&
patra likh en[ g&.
Hind&
patra likh e ga@.
Hind&
patra likh e g&.
Hind&
patra likh en[ ge.
Hind&
patra likh
en[ g&.
33
HINDI TEACHER for English Speaking People
(4) HABITUAL PAST TENSE
(ta@ tha@, te the, t& th&, t& th&n[, taa Yaa, tae Yae, taI YaI, taI YaI>)
eg\ I used to write a Hind& latter
Subject
Adjective
Object Verb
Suffix
I m\
maE>
ih>dI
pa%a
iLaSa
taa Yaa_
I f\
maE>
ih>dI
pa%a
iLaSa
taI YaI_
We m\
hma
ih>dI
pa%a
iLaSa
tae Yae_
We f\
hma
ih>dI
pa%a
iLaSa
taI YaI>_
You m\
Aapa
ih>dI
pa%a
iLaSa
tae Yae_
You f\
Aapa
ih>dI
pa%a
iLaSa
taI YaI>_
He, that
vah
ih>dI
pa%a
iLaSa
taa Yaa_
She f\
vah
ih>dI
pa%a
iLaSa
taI YaI_
They m\
vae
ih>dI
pa%a
iLaSa
tae Yae_
They f\
vae
ih>dI
pa%a
iLaSa
taI YaI>_
I m\
main[ Hind&
patra likh
ta@ tha@.
ham
a@p
a@p
patra likh
patra likh
patra likh
I f\
We m\
We f\
You m\
You f\
He, that
She f\
They m\
They f\
main[ Hind&
ham Hind&
vah
vah
ve
ve
Hind&
Hind&
Hind&
Hind&
Hind&
Hind&
Hind&
patra likh
patra likh
t& th&.
te the.
patra likh
patra likh
ta@ tha@.
t& th&.
patra likh
patra likh
t& th&n[.
te the.
t& th&n[.
te the.
t& th&n[.
(5) PAST CONTINUOUS TENSE
(raha@, rahe, rah&, rah&n[, rha, rhe, rhI, rhI>)
eg\ I was writing a Hind& latter
34
HINDI TEACHER for English Speaking People
Subject
Adjective
Object Verb
Suffix
I m\
maE>
ih>dI
pa%a
iLaSa
rha Yaa_
I f\
maE>
ih>dI
pa%a
iLaSa
rhI YaI_
We m\
hma
ih>dI
pa%a
iLaSa
rhe Yae_
We f\
hma
ih>dI
pa%a
iLaSa
rhI YaI>_
You m\
Aapa
ih>dI
pa%a
iLaSa
rhe Yae_
You f\
Aapa
ih>dI
pa%a
iLaSa
rhI YaI>_
He
vah
ih>dI
pa%a
iLaSa
rha Yaa_
She
vah
ih>dI
pa%a
iLaSa
rhI YaI_
They m\
vae
ih>dI
pa%a
iLaSa
rhe Yae_
They f\
vae
ih>dI
pa%a
iLaSa
rhI YaI>_
I m\
main[ Hind&
patra likh
raha@
tha@.
ham
a@p
a@p
Hind&
Hind&
Hind&
patra likh
patra likh
patra likh
rah&
rahe
rah&
th&n[.
the.
th&n[.
ve
ve
Hind&
Hind&
I f\
We m\
We f\
You m\
You f\
He
She
They m\
They f\
main[ Hind&
ham Hind&
vah
vah
Hind&
Hind&
patra likh
patra likh
rah&
rahe
patra likh
patra likh
patra likh
patra likh
th&.
the.
raha@
rah&
rahe
rah&
tha@.
th&.
the.
th&n[.
(6) PAST INDEFINITE PERFECT TENSE
Transitive verb
(a@, e, &, &n[, Aa, ], }|, }|>)
eg\ I did write a Hind& latter, I wrote a Hind& letter
35
HINDI TEACHER for English Speaking People
Adjective
Object Verb
Suffix
ih>dI
pa%a
iLaSa
Aa
We m\ f\ hmanae
ih>dI
pa%a
iLaSa
Aa
You m\ f\ Aapanae
ih>dI
pa%a
iLaSa
Aa
He
qsanae
ih>dI
pa%a
iLaSa
Aa
She
qsanae
ih>dI
pa%a
iLaSa
Aa
They m\ f\ qnhae>nae
ih>dI
pa%a
iLaSa
Aa
main[ ne
We m\ f\ ham ne
Hind&
Hind&
patra likh
patra likh
a@
a@
us ne
Hind&
They m\ f\ unhon[ ne Hind&
patra likh
patra likh
a@
a@
Subject
I m\ f\
maE>nae
I m\ f\
You m\ f\ a@p ne
He
She
us ne
Hind&
Hind&
patra likh
patra likh
a@
a@
(7) PAST PERFECT TENSE
Transitive verb
(a@, e, &, &n[, Aa, ], }|, }|>)
eg\ I had written a Hind& latter
Adjective
Object Verb
Suffix
ih>dI
pa%a
iLaSa
Aa Yaa
We m\ f\ hmanae
ih>dI
pa%a
iLaSa
Aa Yaa
You m\ f\ Aapanae
ih>dI
pa%a
iLaSa
Aa Yaa
He
qsanae
ih>dI
pa%a
iLaSa
Aa Yaa
She
qsanae
ih>dI
pa%a
iLaSa
Aa Yaa
ih>dI
pa%a
iLaSa
Aa Yaa
Subject
I m\ f\
maE>nae
They m\ f\ qnhae>nae
36
HINDI TEACHER for English Speaking People
main[ ne
We m\ f\ ham ne
I, m\ f\
You m\ f\ a@p ne
He
us ne
Hind&
Hind&
Hind&
Hind&
a@ tha@
a@ tha@
patra likh
patra likh
a@ tha@
a@ tha@
patra likh
patra likh
us ne
Hind&
They m\ f\ unhon[ ne Hind&
She
patra likh
patra likh
a@ tha@
a@ tha@
(B) INTRANSITIVE VERB
eg\ to fall = |gir |igar
(8) PAST INDEFINITE TENSE
Intransitive verb, to fall |gir igar (a@, e, &, &n[, Aa, ], }|, }|>)
eg\ I did fall, I fell
Subject
Verb
Suffix
I m\
maE>
igar
Aa
I f\
maE>
igar
}|
We m\
hma
igar
]
We f\
hma
igar
}|>
You m\
Aapa
igar
]
You f\
Aapa
igar
}|>
He m\
vah
igar
Aa
She f\
vah
igar
}|
They m\
vae
igar
]
They f\
vae
igar
}|>
I m\
main[ gir
a@
37
HINDI TEACHER for English Speaking People
I f\
main[ gir
&
We m\
ham
ham
e
&n[
We f\
a@p
a@p
vah
You m\
You f\
He m\
vah
ve
She f\
They m\
ve
They f\
gir
gir
gir
gir
gir
gir
gir
gir
e
&n[
e
a@
&
&n[
(9) PRESENT PERFECT TENSE : eg\ I am fallen
Intransitive verb, to fall |gir igar
(a@ tha@, e the, & th&, & th&n[, Aa Yaa, ] Yae, }| YaI, }| YaI>)
Subject
Verb
Suffix
I m\
maE>
igar
Aa hUã
I f\
maE>
igar
}|
We m\
hma
igar
] hE>
We f\
hma
igar
}|
You m\
Aapa
igar
] hE>
You f\
Aapa
igar
}|
He m\
vah
igar
Aa hE
She f\
vah
igar
}|
They m\
vae
igar
] hE>
They f\
vae
igar
}|
hUã
hE>
hE>
hE
hE>
38
HINDI TEACHER for English Speaking People
main[ gir
main[ gir
I, m\
I, f\
ham
ham
We m\
We f\
a@p
a@p
vah
You m\
You f\
He
vah
ve
She
They m\
ve
They f\
gir
gir
gir
gir
gir
a@ hu@n[
& hu@n[
e hain[
& hain[
e the
& th&n[
gir
a@ tha@
gir
gir
& th&
e the
&
th&n[
(10) PAST PERFECT TENSE : eg\ I had fallen
Intransitive verb, to fall |gir igar
(a@ tha@, e the, & th&, &[ th&n[, Aa Yaa, ] Yae, }| YaI, }| YaI>)
Subject
Verb
Suffix
I m\
maE>
igar
Aa Yaa
I f\
maE>
igar
}|
We m\
hma
igar
] Yae
We f\
hma
igar
}|
You m\
Aapa
igar
] Yae
You f\
Aapa
igar
}|
He m\
vah
igar
Aa Yaa
She f\
vah
igar
}|
They m\
vae
igar
] Yae
YaI
YaI>
YaI>
YaI
39
HINDI TEACHER for English Speaking People
They f\
vae
igar
}|
YaI>
I, m\
main[ gir
main[ gir
a@ tha@
& th&
We m\
ham
ham
gir
gir
e the
& th&n[
You m\
You f\
a@p
a@p
gir
gir
e the
& th&n[
He m\
vah
I, f\
We f\
She f\
They m\
They f\
gir
vah
ve
ve
a@ tha@
gir
gir
gir
&
th&
e the
&
th&n[
1. I used to go (|ja@) (main[ ja@ta@ tha@, main[ ja@ta@ hota@ tha@, main[ ja@ya@ karata@ tha@) maE> jaataa Yaa, maE> jaataa
haetaa Yaa, maE> jaayaa krtaa Yaa_
NOTE : In Present tense the same example would be :
main[ ja@ta@ hu@n[, main[ ja@ta@ hota@ hu@n[, main[ ja@ya@ karata@ hu@n[. maE> jaataa hUã, maE> jaataa haetaa hUã, maE> jaayaa krtaa
hUã_
2. I used to walk (|c{al) (main[ c{alata@ tha@, main[ c{alata@ hota@ tha@, main[ c{ala@ karata@ tha@) maE> caLataa Yaa, maE>
caLataa haetaa Yaa, maE> caLaa krtaa Yaa_
NOTE : In sesond example we attach suffix a@ (Aa) to verb |c{al (caLa + Aa) main[ c{ala@ karata@ tha@. maE>
caLaa krtaa Yaa_ While, in first example we attached suffix ya@ (yaa) to verb |ja@ (jaa + yaa) : main[
ja@ya@ karata@ hu@n[. maE> jaayaa krtaa hUã_
The reason is :
40
HINDI TEACHER for English Speaking People
If the verb ends in a consonant eg\ c}al, bait<h, sun, d<ar, han[s (caLa, baE#, sauna, Dr, hãsa), the suffix is a@
(Aa) , however if the verb ends in a long vowel such as a@ or & (Aa, }|), it is improper to add another a@
(Aa) to it, and thus, in stead of suffix a@ (Aa), suffix ya@ (yaa) is attached. NOTE : The same rule holds
good for the Perfect tenses (see lesson 15)
3. I used to eat (|kha@ - main[ kha@ta@ tha@, main[ kha@ta@ hota@ tha@, main[ kha@ya@ karata@ tha@) maE> Saataa Yaa, maE>
Saataa haetaa Yaa, maE> Saayaa krtaa Yaa_
4. I used to sit there (|bait>h - main[ vaha@n[ bait>hata@ tha@, main[ vaha@n[ bait>hata@ hota@ tha@, main[ vaha@n[
bait>ha@ karata@ tha@) maE> vahaã baE#taa Yaa, maE> vahaã baE#taa haetaa Yaa, maE> vahaã baE#a krtaa Yaa_
5. I used to sleep here (|bait>h - main[ yaha@n[ sota@ tha@, main[ yaha@n[ sota@ hota@ tha@, main[ yaha@n[ soya@
karata@ tha@) maE> yahaã saaetaa Yaa, maE> yahaã saaetaa haetaa Yaa, maE> yahaã saaeyaa krtaa Yaa_
(1) I eat rice (main[ c{a@val kha@ta@ hu@n)[ maE> caavaLa Saataa hUã_
(2) I ate rice (main[ ne c{a@val kha@ye) maE>nae caavaLa Saa]_
(3) I have eaten rice (main[ ne c{a@val kha@ye hain[) maE>nae caavaLa Saa] hE>_ Present Perfect Tense
@ al kha@ye the) maE>nae caavaLa Saa] Yae_ Past Perfect Tense
(4) I had eaten rice (main[ ne c{av
@ al kha@ye hon[ge) maE>nae caavaLa Saa] hae>gae_ Future Perfect
(5) I will have eaten rice (main[ ne c{aw
Tense
1. D&pak is drinking milk (D&pak du@dh p& raha@ hai) dIpak dUZa paI rha hE_
2. Sudha@ was writing a letter (Sudha@ patra likh rah& th&) sauZaa pa%a iLaSa rhI YaI_
3. He plays ball (vah gend khelata@ hai) vah gae>d SaeLataa hE_
4. You will give money (a@p paise den[ge) Aapa paEsae deg> ae_
5. You will not go (a@p nah&n[ ja@en[ge) Aapa nahI> jaa]ãgae_
1. I am drinking milk with you (main[ a@p ke sa@th du@dh p& raha@ hu@n[) maE> Aapak’ saaYa dUZa paI rha hUã_ I
is subject, Nominative; milk is object, Accusative; with you is Instrumental.
2. Suman was writing a letter with pen (Suman kalam se patra likh rah& th&) saumana klma sae pa%a
iLaSa rhI YaI_ (Suman is subject, Nominative; letter is object, Accusative; and with pen is
Instrumental)
41
HINDI TEACHER for English Speaking People
3. He cuts a banana with a knife (vah c{a@ku@ se kela@ ka@t>ata@ hai) vah caak” sae k’Laa ka@taa hE_ (He is
subject, Nominative; the ball is object, Accusative and with bat is Instrumental)
4. You will give a reply by letter (a@p patra se jawa@b den[ge-den[g&) Aapa pa%a sae javaaba de>gae-de>gaI_
(You is subject, Nominative; reply is object, Accusative, and with letter is Instrumental)
5. I went to Delhi by plane. (main[ jaha@j se Dill& gaya@-gay&) maE> jahaja sae idLLaI gayaa-ga}|_ (I is
subject, Nominative; Delh& is object, Accusative; with plane is Instrumental)
6. Jim will go to Washington with Sun&l (Jim Sunil ke sa@th Washington ko ja@ega@) ijama saunaILa k’
saaYa vaaioa>ga@na kae jaa]gaa_ (Jim is subject, Nominative; Washington is object, Accusative; with
Sunil is Instrumental)
7. The book is with Sun&l. (kita@b Sunil ke pa@s hai) iktaaba saunaILa k’ paasa hE_ (Book is subject,
Nominative; with Sunil is Instrumental)
1. She cuts with knife - knife as an instumant, (va c{ak@ u@ se ka@ta> ti hai) vah caak” sae ka@taI hE_
2. I write with a pen - pen an instrument, (main[ kalam se likhata@ hu@n.[ maE> kLama sae iLaSataa hUã_
3. He came by (with) a train. (vah ga@d<& se a@ya@) vah gaaDñI sae Aayaa_
4. This work will not be done by them. (yah ka@m un se nah&n[ hoga) yah kama qnasae nahI> haegaa_
5. They eat rice with spoon (spoon is only an instrument, spoon is not eaten, only rice is eaten)
(ve c{ammac{ se c{av
@ al khate hain[) vae cammaca sae caavaLa Saatae hE>_
1. Ra@m is with Arvind. (Ra@m Arvind ke sa@th hai) rama Ariva>d k’ saaYa hE_
2. The baby is with the mother. (bac{c{a@ ma@n[ ke sa@th hai) baccaa maaã k’ saaYa hE_
3. Please come with me. (mere sa@th a@iye) maere saaYa Aa}]_
4. They are eating with Ra@m. (ve Ra@m ke sa@th kha@ rahe hain[) vae rama k’ saaYa Saa rhe hE>_
>
5. Are you with us? (kya@ a@p hama@re sa@th hain[?) Kyaa Aapa hmaare saaYa hE?
6. The cat is playing with the dog. (bill& kutte ke sa@th khel rah& ha) ibaLLaI kÖTae k’ saaYa SaeLa rhI hE_
7. They eat rice with da@l - da@l is not an instrument, here da@l is also eaten, rice is also eaten, (ve
@ al kha@te hain[) vae daLa k’ saaYa caavaLa Saatae hE>_
da@l ke sa@th c{aw
42
HINDI TEACHER for English Speaking People
1. I have no money with me. (mere pa@s paise nahin[ hain[) maere paasa paEsae nahI> hE>_
2. He has a dog with him. (us ke pa@s kutta@ hai) qsak’ paasa kÖTaa hE_
3. The baby is with his mother. (bac{c{a@ ma@n[ ke pa@s hai) baccaa maaã k’ paasa hE_
4. Ceylone is near India. (S}r& Llakana@ Bha@rat ke pa@s hai) OaRILa>ka Baarta k’ paasa hE_
1. (Active) I ate a mango. (main[ ne a@m kha@ya@) maE>nae Aama Saayaa_ (Passive) A mango was eaten by
me. (a@m mujh se kha@ya@ gaya@ tha@) Aama mauJasae Saayaa gayaa Yaa_ (a@m mere dva@ra@ kha@ya@ gaya@
tha@) Aama maere Vara Saayaa gayaa Yaa_
2. (Active) He worte the letter. (us ne khat likha@) qsanae Sata iLaSaa_ (Passive) The letter was
written by him. (khat us se likha@ gaya@) Sata qsasae iLaSaa gayaa_ (khat us ke dva@ra@ likha@ gaya@)
Sata qsak’ Vara iLaSaa gayaa_
3. (Active) She reads the book (vah kita@b pad<hat& hai) vah iktaaba pa$ñtaI hE_ (Passive) The book
gets read by her (kita@b us se pad<h& ja@t& hai) iktaaba qsasae pa$ñI jaataI hE_ (kita@b us ke dva@ra@
pad<h& ja@t& hai) iktaaba qsak’ Vara pa$ñI jaataI hE_
4. You drink (a@p p&te hain[, a@p p&t& hain[) Aapa paItae hE>_ Aapa paItaI hE>_ It is drunk by you (a@p ke
dva@ra@ p&ya@ ja@ta@ hai) Aapak’ Vara paIyaa jaataa hE_ You drink tea (a@p c{a@y p&te hain[, p&t& hain[)
Aapa caaya paItae-paItaI hE>_ Tea is drunk by you (c{a@y a@p se p& ja@t& hai) caaya Aapasae paI jaataI hE_
(c{a@y a@p ke dva@ra@ p& ja@t& hai) caaya Aapak’ Vara paI jaataI hE_
5. Ra@m killed Ra@van>a (Ra@m ne Ra@van<a ko ma@ra@) rama nae ravaNa kae maara_ Ra@van>a was killed by
Ra@m (Ra@van<a Ra@m ke dva@ra@ ma@ra@ gaya@ tha@) ravaNa rama k’ Vara maara gayaa Yaa_
(1) He went to Mathura@. (vah Mathura@ ko gaya, vah Mathura@ gaya@) vah maYaura kae gayaa, vah maYaura
gayaa_ Tiger ate (to) the goat. (s{er ne bakar& ko kha@ya@) oaer nae bakrI kae Saayaa_
(2) We gave money to him. (ham ne us ko (use) paise diye) hmanae qsakae (qsae) paEsae id]_
(3) Please show that to us. (ham ko (hamen[) vah dikha@iye) hmakae (hmae>) vah idSaa}]_
43
HINDI TEACHER for English Speaking People
(4) He will write me a letter. (vah mujhe -mujh ko- patra likhega@) vah mauJae (mauJa kae) pa%a iLaSaegaa_
(5) Please water the plant tomorrow. Please give water to the plant tomorrow, (paudhe ko kal
pa@n& d&jiye) paaEZae kae kLa paanaI dIija]_
(6) Please do not tell me that thing. (mujhe-mujh ko- vah ba@t mat bata@iye) mauJae vah baata mata
bataa}]_
> dI_
1. I gave him the ball (main[ ne us ko gend d&) maEn> ae qsakae gaed
2. He sent money for me. (us ne mere liye paise bheje) qsanae maere iLa] paEsae Baejae_ He sent money to
me. (us ne muze paise bheje) qsanae mauJae paEsae Baejae_
3. You brought food for me (a@p mere liye kha@na@ la@ye) Aapa maere iLa] Saanaa Laa]_
4. We gave them a letter (ham ne us ko patra diya@) hmanae qnakae pa%a idyaa_
5. They cooked food for us (unhon[ ne hama@re liye kha@na@ bana@ya@) qnhaen> ae hmaaree iLa] Saanaa banaayaa_
(1) My house (mera@ ghar) maera zar_ My houses (mere ghar) maere zar_ My book (mer& kita@b) maerI
iktaaba_ My books (mer& kita@ben[) maerI iktaabae_> My shirt (mera@ kurata@) maera kÖrtaa_ My shirts
(mere kurate) maere kÖrtae_ My car (mer& ga@d<&) maerI gaaDñI_ My cars (mer& ga@d<iya@n[) maerI gaaiDñyaaã_
(2) Our house (apana@ ghar) Apanaa zar_ Our houses (apane ghar) Apanae zar_ Our book (apan& kita@b)
ApanaI iktaaba_ Our books (apan& kita@ben[) ApanaI iktaabae>_ Our shirt (apana@ kurata@) Apanaa kÖrtaa_
Our shirts (apane kurate) Apanae kÖrtae_ Our car (apan& ga@d<&) ApanaI gaaDñI_ Our cars (apan&
ga@d<iya@n[) ApanaI gaaiDñyaaã_
Our house (hama@ra@ ghar) hmaara zar_ Our houses (hama@re ghar) hmaare zar_ Our book (hama@r&
kita@b) hmaarI iktaaba_ Our books (hama@r& kita@ben[) hmaarI iktaabae>_ Our shirt (hama@ra@ kurata@) hmaara
kÖrtaa_ Our shirts (hama@re kurate) hmaare kÖrtae_ Our car (hama@r& ga@d<&) hmaarI gaaDñI_ Our cars
(hama@r& ga@di< ya@n)[ hmaarI gaaiDñyaaã_
(3) Your house (a@p ka@ ghar) Aapaka zar_ Your houses (a@p ke ghar) Aapak’ zar_ Your book (a@p k&
kita@b) AapakI iktaaba_ Your books (a@p k& kita@ben[) AapakI iktaabae_> Your shirt (a@p ka@ kurata@)
44
HINDI TEACHER for English Speaking People
Aapaka kÖrtaa_ Your shirts (a@p ke kurate) Aapak’ kÖrtae_ Your car (a@p k& ga@d<&) AapakI gaaDñI_ Your
cars (a@p k& ga@d<iya@n[) AapakI gaaiDñyaaã_
(4) His-her house (us ka@ ghar) qsaka zar_ His-her houses (us ke ghar) qsak’ zar_ His-her book (us
k& kita@b) qsakI iktaaba_ His-her books (us k& kita@ben[) qsakI iktaabae>_ His-her shirt (us ka@
kurata@) qsaka kÖrtaa_ His-her shirts (us ke kurate) qsak’ kÖrtae_ His-her car (us k& ga@d<&) qsakI
gaaDñI_ His-her cars (us k& ga@d<iya@n[) qsakI gaaiDñyaaã_
(5) Their house (un ka@ ghar) qnaka zar_ Their houses (un ke ghar) qnaka zar_ Their book (un k&
kita@b) qnakI iktaaba_ Their books (un k& kita@ben[) qnakI iktaabae>_ Their shirt (un ka@ kurata@) qnaka
kÖrtaa_ Their shirts (un ke kurate) qnak’ kÖrtae_ Their car (un k& ga@d<&) qnakI gaaDñI_ Their cars (un
k& ga@d<iya@n[) qnakI gaaiDñyaaã_
(6) My book (mer& kita@b) maerI iktaaba_ My books (mer& kita@ben[) maerI iktaabae_> Your book (a@p k&
kitab) AapakI iktaaba_ Your books (a@p k& kita@ben[) AapakI iktaabae_> His book (us k& kita@b) qsakI
iktaaba_ His books (us k& kita@ben[) qsakI iktaabae>_ Her book (us k& kita@b) qsakI iktaaba_ Her
books (us k& kita@ben[) qsakI iktaabae>_ Their book (un k& kita@b) qnakI iktaaba_ Their books (un k&
kita@ben[) qnakI iktaabae_>
1. He is D&pak's Brother. (vah D&pak ka@ bha@& hai) vah dIpak ka Baa}| hE_
2. I eat curry made of Bhindi. (main[ bhin<d<& k& sabj& kha@ta@ hu@n[) maE> iBa>DI kI sabjaI Saataa hUã_
3. You please sit near them. (a@p un ke pa@s bait>hiye) Aapa qnak’ paasa baEi#]_
4. This is my house. (yah mera@ ghar hai) yah maera zar hE_
5. Where is our car? (hama@r& ga@d&< kaha@n[ hai?) hmaarI gaaDñI khaã hE?
6. He took my money. (us ne mere paise liye) qsanae maere paEsae iLayae_
7. Their house. (un ka@ ghar) qnaka zar_
1. Sun&l is reading his own book. (Sun&l apan& kita@b pad<h raha@ hai) saunaILa ApanaI iktaaba pa$ñ rha
hE_
2. Vis{al@ 's friend is here. (Vis{a@l ka@ mitra yaha@n[ hai) ivaoaaLa ka ima%a yahaã hE_
3. Give me my money. (mujhe mere paise d&jiye) mauJae maere paEsae dIija]_
45
HINDI TEACHER for English Speaking People
4. We have a Mango tree. (hama@re yaha@n[ a@m ka@ ped< hai) hmaare yahaã Aama ka paeDñ hE_
5. It is Orange juice. (yah santare ka@ ras hai) yah sa>tare ka rsa hE_
6. You took my money. (a@p ne mere paise liye) Aapanae maere paEsae iLayae_
1. I sat in car. (main[ ga@d<& men[ bait>ha@) maE> gaaDñI mae> baE#a_
2. She sat on the horse. (vah ghod<e par bait>h&) vah zaaeDñe par baE#I_
3. Put a cap over your head. (apane sir par t>op& rakhiye) Apanae isar par @aepaI riSa]_
4. The cat is under the chair. (bill& kuras& ke n&c{e hai) ibaLLaI kÖrsaI k’ naIcae hE_
5. I am sitting in front of the house. (main[ ghar ke sa@mane baitha@-bait>h& hu@n)[ maE> zar k’ saamanae
baE#a-baE#I hU_ã
1. Sun&l is reading in the room. saunaILa kmare mae> pa$ñ rha hE_
2. Vis{al@ is sitting on the chair. ivaoaaLa kÖrsaI par baE#a hE_
3. The bird is flying over the field. pa>CI Saeta par (k’ Qpar) qDñ rha hE_
4. Ball is under the bed. gaed
> ibastar-paLa>ga k’ naIcae hE_
5. I told you about him. maEn> ae qsak’ baare mae> Aapasae kha_
(1) I am. (main[ hu@n[) maE> hU_ã (Subject, I = Nominative, 1st case)
(2) I am sitting. (main[ bait>ha@ hu@n)[ maE> baE#a hU_ã I am myself sitting, and the question ‘WHAT?’
does not apply. So, ‘to sit’ is an Intransitive verb. The action of sitting does not need an
external OBJECT, so it is not in the Accusative (2nd) case.
(3) I am sitting with Roy. (main[ Roy ke sa@th bait>ha@ hu@n)[ maE> raâya k’ saaYa baE#a hU_ã I am sitting
WITH Tim, so Roy is in Instrumental (3rd) case.
(4) I am sitting for a lesson. (main[ pa@t>h ke liye bait>ha@ hu@n[) maE> paa# k’ iLa] baE#a hUã _ I am sitting
FOR a lesson, so the lesson is in Dative (4th) case.
(5) I am sitting since seven O’ Clock. (main[ sa@t baje se bait>ha@ hu@n[) maE> saata bajae sae baE#a hU_ã I am
sitting FROM 7 O’ Clock, therefore, that time (7 O’ Clock) is in Ablative (5th) case.
(6) I am sitting on a wooden bench. (main[ lakad<& k& mej par bait>ha@ hu@n[) maE> LakDñI kI maeja par
baE#a hU_ã I am sitting ON the bench MADE OF wood.
46
HINDI TEACHER for English Speaking People
(7) The bench is made of wood. Wood has a relationship (sa>ba>Za) with the bench, therefore, the
wood is in the Genitive or Possessive (6th) case i.e. wooden (lakad<& ka&) = LakDñI kI_
(8) I am sitting ON the bench. (main[ mej par bait>ha@ hu@n[) maE> maeja par baE#a hU_ã The bench indicates
the location where I am sitting, so the bench is in Locative (7th) case. Or, I am sitting IN the
room (main[ kamare men[ bait>ha@ hu@n.[) maE> kmare mae> baE#a hUã_ The room indicates the location
where I am sitting. so the room is in Locative (7th) case.
(9) I am sitting, on the wooden bench, with Roy, since 7 O Clock, for a lesson. (main[, lakad<& k&
mej par, Roy ke sa@th, 7 baje se, pa@t>h ke liye, bait>ha@ hu@n[) maE>, LakDñI kI maeja par, raâya k’ saaYa, 7
bajae sae, paa# k’ iLa], baE#a hUã_ I am (1st case) sitting (intransitive verb) with Roy (3rd) for a
lesson (4th) from 7 O Clock (5th) on a bench (7th) made of wood (6th)
1. He does good work. (vah ka@m ac{c{ha@ karata@ hai) vah kama AcCa krtaa hE_ He does not do good
work. (vah ka@m ac{c{a@ nah&n[ karata@) vah kama kama nahI> krtaa (hE)_
[ a@) maE> nahI> jaaQãgaa_ Do it. (yah
2. I will go (main[ ja@u@n[ga@) maE> jaaQãgaa_ I won't go. (main[ nah&n[ ja@u@ng
k&jiye) yah kIija]_ Don't do it. (yah mat k&jie) yah mata kIija]_
3. This is neither his nor mine. yah na qsaka hE na maera hE_
4. NO, this is not mine either. nahI>, yah maera BaI nahI> hE_
(1) Please do not come here. (yaha@n[ mat a@iye) yahaã mata Aa}]_
(2) Please do not take this money. (ye paise mat l&jiye) yae (yah) paEsae mata LaIija]_
(3) Don't tell him. (us ko mat bata@iye, us se mat kahiye) qsakae mata bataa}], qsasae mata kih]_ Don't
talk to him. (us se mat boliye) qsasae mata baaeiLa]_
(4) Do not come tomorrow (second person, imperative) (a@p kal mat a@iye?) Aapa kLa mata Aa}]_
Should I not come tomorrow? (first person) (kya@ main[ kal nah&n[ a@u@n?[ ) Kyaa maE> kLa nahI> AaQã?
Should he not come tomorrow? (third person) (kya@ vah kal nah&n[ a@e?) Kyaa vah kLa nahI> Aa]?
You should not come tomorrow. (second person, potential) (a@p kal mat a@en[?) Aapa kLa mata Aa]ã_
1. Who lives here. (yaha@n[ kaun rahata@ hai) yahaã kaEna rhtaa hE?
>
2. Why do you do such work? (a@p aisa@ ka@m kyon[ karate hain[?) Aapa ]esaa kama Kyaae> krtae hE?
47
HINDI TEACHER for English Speaking People
3. What is your name? (a@p ka@ na@m kya@ hai?) Aapaka naama Kyaa hE?
4. When will you give me money? (a@p mujhe paise kab den[ge-den[g&?) Aapa mauJae paEsae kba de>gae-de>gaI?
5. How did it break again? (yah fir kaise t>ut@ >a@?) yah ifr k“sae @U@a?
6. Where will I see you next? (main[ a@p se fir kaha@n[ milu@n[ga@?) maE> Aapasae ifr khaã imaLaUãgaa?
7. Whom shall we ask about it? (ham yah kis se pu@c{hen[?)? hma yah iksa sae paUCe>?
8. Which one is you book? (a@p k& kita@b kaun s& hai?) AapakI iktaaba kaEna saI hE?
9. How much money will she bring? (vah kitane paise la@eg&?) vah iktanae paEsae Laa]gaI?
10. How many boys are here? (yaha@n[ kitane lad<ake hain[?) yahaã iktanae LaDñk’ hE>?
1. You may come to our house. (a@p hama@re ghar a@en[) Aapa hmaare zar Aa]ã_
2. He may sit here. (vah yaha@n[ bait>he) vah yahaã baE#e_
3. She may not come here. (vah yaha@n[ nah&n[ a@e) vah yahaã nahI> Aa]_
4. I may not talk more. (main[ jya@da@ nah&n[ kahu@n[) maE> jyaada nahI> khU_ã
5. They may have tea. (ve c{a@y p&en[) vae caaya paI]ã_
6. You may open that window. (a@p vah khid<ak& kholen[) Aapa vah iSaDñkI SaaeLae_>
7. You may not cry. (a@p mat roen[) Aapa mata rae]ã_
8. He may run. (vah bha@ge) vah Baagae_
9. She may work. (vah ka@m kare) vah kama kre_
10. They may make rot&/. (ve rot>iya@n[ bana@en[) vae raei@yaaã banaa]ã_
1. We may come to your house. (ham a@p ke ghar a@en[?) hma Aapa k’ zar Aa]ã_
May we come to your house? (kya@ ham a@p ke ghar a@en[?) Kyaa hma Aapak’ zar Aa]ã?
2. He may sit here? (vah yaha@n[ bait>he) vah yahaã baE#e_
May he sit here? (kya@ vah yaha@n[ bait>he?) Kyaa vah yahaã baE#e? vah yahaã baE#e Kyaa?
3. She may not come here. (vah yaha@n[ nah&n[ a@e) vah yahaã nahI> Aa]_
May she not come here? (kya@ vah yaha@n[ nah&n[ a@e) Kyaa vah yahaã nahI> Aa]?
4. I may not talk more. (main[ jya@da@ nahin[ bolu@n[) maE> jyaada nahI> baaeLaUã_
48
HINDI TEACHER for English Speaking People
May I not talk more. (kya@ main[ jya@da@ nahin[ bolu@n)[ Kyaa maE> jyaada nahI> khUã? maE> jyaada nahI> baaeLaUã
Kyaa?
5. They should take tea. (ve c{a@y p&en[) vae caaya paI]ã_
Should they take tea. (kya@ ve c{a@y p&en[?) Kyaa vae caaya paI]ã? vae caaya paI]ã Kyaa?
1. (Please) come to our house. (hama@re ghar a@&ye) hmaare zar Aa}]_
2. (Please) sit here. (yaha@n[ bait>hiye) yahaã baEi#]_
3. Do not come here. (yaha@n[ mat a@&ye) yahaã mata Aa}]_
4. (Please) don't talk more. (jya@da@ mat boliye) jyaada mata baaeiLa]_
5. (Please) have tea. (kr<paya@ c{a@y l&jiye) caaya LaIija], paIija]_
6. (Please) open that window. (vah khid<ak& kholiye) vah iSaDñkI SaaeiLa]_
7. (Please) do not cry. (mat ro&ye) mata rae}]_
8. (Please) don't run. (mat bha@giye) mata Baaiga]_
9. (Please) do work. (ka@m k&jiye) kama kIija]_
10. (Please) make rotñ&/. (kr<paya@ rotñiya@n[ bana@iye) (×payaa) raei@yaaã banaa}]_
1. If you will ask me, I will wait. (yad& a@p kahen[ge, to main[ ruku@n[ga@) yaid Aapa kheg> ae, taae maE>
wk”gã aa_
2. I will come, if you will ask me. (yadi a@p pu@c{hen[ge, to main[ a@u@n[ga@) yaid Aapa paUCeg> ae, taae maE>
AaQãgaa_
3. If you will not come, I will go. (yadi a@p nah&n[ a@yen[ge, to main[ ja@u@n[ga@). yaid Aapa nahI> Aa]ãgae, taae
maE> jaaQãgaa_
(1) SIMPLE PRESENT TENSE
1. I fall, I do fall. (main[ girata@ hu@n[, main[ girat& hu@n[) maE> igartaa hU©, maE> igartaI hU©_
2. I drop, I do drop. (main[ gira@ta@ hu@n[, main[ gira@t& hu@n[) maE> igarataa hU©, maE> igarataI hU©_
3. We fall. (ham girate hain[, ham girat& hain[) hma igartae hE>, hma igartaI hE>_
4. We drop. (ham gira@te hain[, ham gira@t& hain[) hma igaratae hE>, hma igarataI hE>_
5. You fall. (a@p girate hain[, a@p girat& hain[) Aapa igartae hE>, Aapa igartaI hE>_
49
HINDI TEACHER for English Speaking People
6. You drop. (a@p gira@te hain[, a@p gira@t& hain[) Aapa igaratae hE>, Aapa igarataI hE>_
7. He falls. (vah girata@ hai) vah igartaa hE_
8. He drops. (vah gira@ta@ hai) vah igarataa hE_
9. She falls. (vah girat& hai) vah igartaI hE_
10. She drops. (vah gira@t& hai) vah igarataI hE_
11. They fall. (ve girate hain[, ve girat& hain[) vae igartae hE>, vae igartaI hE>_
12. They drop. (ve gira@te hain[, ve gira@t& hain[) vae igaratae hE>, vae igarataI hE>_
(2) PRESENT CONTINUOUS TENSE
1. I am falling. (main[ gir raha@ hu@n[, main[ gir rah& hu@n[) maE> igar rha hU©, maE> igar rhI hU©_
2. I am dropping. (main[ gira@ raha@ hu@n[, main[ gira@ rah& hu@n[) maE> igara rha hU©, maE> igara rhI hU©_
3. We are falling. (ham gir rahe hain[, ham gir rah& hain[) hma igar rhe hE>, hma igar rhI hE>_
4. We are dropping. (ham gira@ rahe hain[, ham gira@ rah& hain[) hma igara rhe hE>, hma igara rhI hE>_
5. You are falling. (a@p gir rahe hain[, a@p gir rah& hain[) Aapa igar rhe hE>, Aapa igar rhI hE>_
6. You are dropping. (a@p gira@ rahe hain[, a@p gira@ rah& hain[) Aapa igara rhe hE>, Aapa igara rhI hE>_
7. He is falling. (vah gir raha@ hai) vah igar rha hE_
8. He is dropping. (vah gira@ raha@ hai) vah igara rha hE_
9. She is falling. (vah gir rah& hai) vah igar rhI hE_
10. She is dropping. (vah gira@ rah& hai) vah igara rhI hE_
11. They are falling. (ve gir rahe hain[, ve gir rah& hain[) vae igar rhe hE>, vae igar rhI hE>_
12. They are dropping. (ve gira@ rahe hain[, ve gira@ rah& hain[) vae igara rhe hE>, vae igara rhI hE>_
(3) PRESENT PERFECT TENSE
1. I am fallen. (main[ gira@ hu@n[, main[ gir& hu@n[) maE> igara hU©, maE> igarI hU©_
2. I am dropped. (main[ gira@ya@ hu@n,[ main[ gira@y& hu@n[) maE> igarayaa hU©, maE> igara}| hU©_
3. We are fellen. (ham gire hain[, ham gir& hain[) hma igare hE>, hma igarI hE>_
4. We are dropped. (ham gira@ye hain[, ham gira@y& hain[) hma igara] hE>, hma igara}| hE>_
50
HINDI TEACHER for English Speaking People
5. You are fallen. (a@p gire hain[, a@p gir& hain[) Aapa igare hE>, Aapa igarI hE>_
6. You are dropped. (a@p gira@ye hain[, a@p gira@y& hain[) Aapa igara] hE>, Aapa igara}| hE>_
7. He is fallen. (vah gira@ hai), vah igara hE_
8. He is dropped. (vah gira@ya@ hai) vah igarayaa hE_
9. She is fallen. (vah gir& hai) vah igarI hE_
10. She is dropped. (vah gira@y& hai) vah igara}| hE_
11. They are fallen. (ve gire hain[, ve gir& hain[) vae igare hE>, vae igarI hE>_
12. They are dropped. (ve gira@ye hain[, ve gira@y& hain[) vae igara] hE>, vae igara}| hE>_)
NOTE : If you have any question or doubt about the following^ four types of meanings, please see the section 15.2 for
explanation.
(4) SIMPLE PAST or PAST INDEFINITE PERFECT TENSE :
1. I fell, I did fall. (main[ gira@, main[ gir&) maE> igara, maE> igarI_
2. I dropped, I did drop. (main[ ne gira@ya@, main[ ne gira@ye, main[ ne gira@y&, main[ ne gira@y&n[) maE>nae
igarayaa, maE>nae igara], maE>nae igara}|, maE>nae igara}|>_
3. We fell. (ham gire, ham gir&n[) hma igare, hma igarI>_
4. We dropped. (ham ne gira@ya@, ham ne gira@ye, ham ne gira@y&, ham ne gira@y&n[) hmanae igarayaa, hmanae
igara], hmanae igara}|, hmanae igara}|>_
5. You fell. (a@p gire, a@p gir&n[) Aapa igare, Aapa igarI>_
6. You dropped. (a@p ne gira@ya@, a@p ne gira@ye, a@p ne gira@y&, a@p ne gira@y&n[) Aapa nae igarayaa, Aapanae igara],
Aapanae igara}|, Aapanae igara}|>_
7. He fell. (vah gira@) vah igara_
8. He dropped (us ne gira@ya@, us ne gira@ye, us ne gira@y&, us ne gira@y&n[) qsanae igarayaa, qsanae igara], qsanae
igara}|, qsanae igara}|>_
9. She fell. (vah gir&) vah igarI_
10. She dropped. (us ne gira@ya@, us ne gira@ye, us ne gira@y&, us ne gira@y&n[) qsanae igarayaa, qsanae igara],
qsanae igara}|, qsanae igara}|>_
51
HINDI TEACHER for English Speaking People
11. They fell. (ve gire, ve gir&) vae igare>, vae igarI_
12. They dropped. (unhon[ ne gira@ya@, unhon[ ne gira@ye, unhon[ ne gira@y&, unhon[ ne gira@y&n[) qnhae>nae
igarayaa, qnhae>nae igara], qnhae>nae igara}|, qnhae>nae igara}|>_
(5) PAST CONTINUOUS TENSE
1. I was falling. (main[ gir raha@ tha@, main[ gir rah& th&) maE> igar rha Yaa, maE> igar rhI YaI_
2. I was dropping. (main[ gira@ raha@ tha@, main[ gira@ rah& th&) maE> igara rha Yaa, maE> igara rhI YaI_
3. We were falling. (ham gir rahe the, ham gir rah& th&n[) hma igar rhe Yae, hma igar rhI YaI>_
4. We were dropping. (ham gira@ rahe the, ham gira@ rah& th&n[) hma igara rhe Yae, hma igara rhI YaI>_
5. You were falling. (a@p gir rahe the, a@p gir rah& th&n[) Aapa igar rhe Yae, Aapa igar rhI YaI>_
6. You were dropping. (a@p gira@ rahe the, a@p gira@ rah& th&n[) Aapa igara rhe Yae, Aapa igara rhI YaI>_
7. He was falling. (vah gir raha@ tha@) vah igar rha Yaa_
8. He was dropping. (vah gira@ raha@ tha@) vah igara rha Yaa_
9. She was falling. (vah gir rah& th&) vah igar rhI YaI_
10. She was dropping. (vah gira@ rah& th&) vah igara rhI YaI_
11. They were falling. (ve gir rahe the, ve gir rah& th&n[) vae igar rhe Yae, vae igar rhI YaI>_
12. They were dropping. (ve gira@ rahe the, ve gira@ rah& th&n[) vae igara rhe Yae, vae igara rhI YaI>_
(6) PAST PERFECT TENSE
1. I had fallen. (main[ gira@ tha@, main[ gir& th&) maE> igara Yaa, maE> igarI YaI_
2. I had dropped. (main[ ne gira@ya@ tha@, main[ ne gira@ye the, main[ ne gira@y& th&, main[ ne gira@y&
th&n[) maE>nae igarayaa Yaa, maE>nae igara] Yae, maE>nae igara}| YaI, maE>nae igara}| YaI>_
3. We had fallen. (ham gire the, ham gir& th&n[) hma igare Yae, hma igarI YaI>_
4. We had dropped. (ham ne gira@ya@ tha@, ham ne gira@ye@ the, ham ne gira@y& th&, ham ne gira@y&
th&n[) hmanae igarayaa Yaa, hmanae igara] Yae, hmanae igara}| YaI, hmanae igara}| YaI>_
5. You had fallen. (a@p gire the, a@p gir& th&n[) Aapa igare Yae, Aapa igarI YaI>_
52
HINDI TEACHER for English Speaking People
6. You had dropped. (a@p ne gira@ya@ tha@, a@p ne gira@ye@ the, a@p ne gira@y& th&, a@p ne gira@y& th&n[) Aapa nae
igarayaa Yaa, Aapanae igara] Yae, Aapanae igara}| YaI, Aapanae igara}| YaI>_
7. He had fallen. (vah gira@ tha@) vah igara Yaa_
8. He had dropped. (us ne gira@ya@ tha@, us ne gira@ye@ the, us ne gira@y& th&, us ne gira@y& th&n[) qsanae
igarayaa Yaa, qsanae igara] Yae, qsanae igara}| YaI, qsanae igara}| YaI>_
9. She had fallen. (vah gir& th&) vah igarI YaI_
10. She had dropped. (us ne gira@ya@ tha@, us ne gira@ye@ the, us ne gira@y& th&, us ne gira@y& th&n[) qsanae
igarayaa Yaa, qsanae igara] Yae, qsanae igara}| YaI, qsanae igara}| YaI>_
11. They had fallen. (ve gire the, ve gir& th&n[) vae igare Yae, vae igarI YaI>_
12. They had dropped. (unhon[ ne gira@ya@ tha@, unhon[ ne gira@ye@ the, unhon[ ne gira@y& th&, unhon[ ne
gira@y& th&n[) qnhae>nae igarayaa Yaa, qnhae>nae igara] Yae, qnhae>nae igara}| YaI, qnhae>nae igara}| YaI>_
(7) SIMPLE FUTURE TENSE
1. I will fall. (main[ giru@n[ga@, main[ giru@n[g&) maE> igaW©gaa, maE> igaW©gaI_
2. I will drop. (main[ gira@u@n[ga@, main[ gira@u@n[g&) (maE> igaraQ©gaa, maE> igaraQ©gaI_
3. We will fall. (ham giren[ge, ham giren[g&) hma igare>gae, hma igare>gaI_
4. We will drop. (ham gira@en[ge, ham gira@en[g&) hma igara]©gae, hma igara]©gaI_
5. You will fall. (a@p giren[ge, a@p giren[g&) Aapa igare>gae, Aapa igare>gaI_
6. You will drop. (a@p gira@en[ge, a@p gira@en[g&) Aapa igara]©gae, Aapa igara]©gaI_
7. He will fall. (vah girega@) vah igaregaa_
8. He will drop. (vah gira@ega@) vah igara]gaa_
9. She will fall. (vah gireg&) vah igaregaI_
10. She will drop. (vah gira@eg&) vah igara]gaI_
11. They will fall. vae igare>gae, vae igare>gaI_
12. They will drop. (ve gira@en[ge, ve gira@en[g&) vae igara]©gae, vae igara]©gaI_
53
HINDI TEACHER for English Speaking People
(8) POTENTIAL MOOD
1. I may fall. (main[ giru@n[, main[ s{a@yad giru@n[) maE> igaW©_ oaayad maE> igaW©_
2. I may drop. (main[ gira@un
@ )[ maE> igaraQ©_
3. We may fall. (ham giren[) hma igare>_
4. We may drop. (ham gira@en[) hma igara]©_
5. You may fall. (a@p giren[) Aapa igare>_
6. You may drop. (a@p gira@en[) Aapa igara]©_
7. He may fall. (vah gire) vah igare_
8. He may drop. (vah gira@e) vah igara]_
9. She may fall. (vah gire) vah igare_
10. She may drop. (vah gira@e) vah igara]_
11. They may fall. (ve giren[) vae igare>_
12. They may drop. (ve gira@en[) vae igara]©_
(9) INTERROGATIVE MOOD
1. May I fall? (kya@ main[ giru@n?[ ) Kyaa maE> igaW©?
2. May I drop? (kya@ main[ gira@u@n[?) Kyaa maE> igaraQ©?
3. May we fall? (kya@ ham giren[?) Kyaa hma igare>?
4. May we drop? (kya@ ham gira@en[?) Kyaa hma igara]©?
5. May he fall? (kya@ vah gire?) Kyaa vah igare?
6. May he drop? (kya@ vah gira@e?) Kyaa vah igara]?
7. May she fall? (kya@ vah gire?) Kyaa vah igare?
8. May she drop? (kya@ vah gira@e?) Kyaa vah igara]?
9. May they fall? (kya@ ve giren[?) Kyaa vae igare>?
10. May they drop? (kya@ ve gira@en[?) Kyaa vae igara]©?
(10) CAUSATIVE PRESENT TENSE
54
HINDI TEACHER for English Speaking People
1. I have caused to fall. (main[ ne gira@ya@ hai, main[ ne gira@ye hain[, main[ ne gira@y& hai, main[ ne
gira@y& hain[) maE>nae igarayaa hE, maE>nae igara] hE>, maE>nae igara}| hE, maE>nae igara}| hE>_
2. I have caused to drop. (main[ ne girawa@ya@ hai, main[ ne girawa@ye hain[, main[ ne girawa@y& hain[,
main[ ne girawa@y& hain[) maE>nae igarvaayaa hE, maE>nae igarvaa] hE>, maE>nae igarvaa}| hE, maE>nae igarvaa}| hE>_
3. We have caused to fall. (ham ne gira@ya@ hai, ham ne gira@ye hain[, ham ne gira@y& hai, ham ne
gira@y& hain[) hmanae igarayaa hE, hmanae igara] hE>, hmanae igara}| hE, hmanae igara}| hE>_
4. We have caused to drop. (ham ne girawa@ya@ hai, ham ne girawa@ye hain[, ham ne girawa@y& hai,
ham ne girawa@y& hain[) hmanae igarvaayaa hE, hmanae igarvaa] hE>, hmanae igarvaa}| hE, hmanae igarvaa}| hE>_
5. You have caused to fall. (a@p ne gira@ya@ hai, a@p ne gira@ye hain[, a@p ne gira@y& hai, a@p ne gira@y&
hain[) Aapanae igarayaa hE, Aapanae igara] hE>, Aapanae igara}| hE, Aapanae igara}| hE>_
6. You have caused to drop. (a@p ne girawa@ya@ hai, a@p ne girawa@ye hain[, a@p ne girawa@y& hai, a@p ne
girawa@y& hain[. Aapanae igarvaayaa hE, Aapanae igarvaa] hE>, Aapanae igarvaa}| hE, Aapanae igarvaa}| hE>_
7. He has caused to fall. (us ne gira@ya@ hai, us ne gira@ye hain[, us ne gira@y& hai, us ne gira@y& hain[)
qsanae igarayaa hE, qsanae igara] hE>, qsanae igara}| hE, qsanae igara}| hE>_
8. He has caused to drop (us ne girawa@ya@ hai, us ne girawa@ye hain[, us ne girawa@y& hai, us ne
girawa@y& hain[) qsanae igarvaayaa hE, qsanae igarvaa] hE>, qsa igarvaa}| hE, qsanae igarvaa}| hE>_
9. She has caused to fall (us ne gira@ya@ hai, us ne gira@ye hain[, us ne gira@y& hai, us ne gira@y& hain[)
qsanae igarayaa hE, qsanae igara] hE>, qsanae igara}| hE, qsanae igara}| hE>_
10. She has caused to drop (us ne girawa@ya@ hai, us ne girawa@ye hain[, us ne girawa@y& hai, us ne
girawa@y& hain[) qsanae igarvaayaa hE, qsanae igarvaa] hE>, qsa igarvaa}| hE, qsanae igarvaa}| hE>_
11. They have caused to fall. (unhon[ ne gira@ya@ hai, unhon[ ne gira@ye hain[, unhon[ ne gira@y& hai,
unhon[ ne gira@y& hain[) qnhae>nae igarayaa hE, qnhae>nae igara] hE>, qnhae>nae igara}| hE, qnhae>nae igara}| hE>_
12. They have caused to drop (unhon[ ne girawa@ya@ hai, unhon[ ne girawa@ye hain[, unhon[ ne
girawa@y& hai, unhon[ ne girawa@y& hain[) qnhae>nae igarvaayaa hE, qnhae>nae igarvaa] hE>, qnhae>nae igarvaa}| hE, qnhae>nae
igarvaa}| hE>_
(11) ASSERATIVE PRESENT TENSE
55
HINDI TEACHER for English Speaking People
1. I can fall. (main[ gir sakata@ hu@n[, main[ gir sakat& hu@n[) maE> igar saktaa hU©, maE> igar saktaI hU©_
2. I can drop. (main[ gira@ sakata@ hu@n,[ main[ gira@ sakat& hu@n[) maE> igara saktaa hU©, maE> igara saktaI hU©_
3. We can fall. (ham gir sakate hain[, ham gir sakat& hain[) hma igar saktae hE>, hma igar saktaI hE>_
4. We can drop. (ham gira@ sakate hain[, ham gira@ sakat& hain[) hma igara saktae hE>, hma igara saktaI hE>_
5. You can fall. (a@p gir sakate hain[, a@p gir sakat& hain[) Aapa igar saktae hE>, Aapa igar saktaI hE>_
6. You can drop. (a@p gira@ sakate hain[, a@p gira@ sakat& hain[) Aapa igara saktae hE>, Aapa igara saktaI hE>_
7. He can fall. (vah gir sakata@ hai) vah igar saktaa hE_
8. He can drop. (vah gira@ sakata@ hai) vah igara saktaa hE_
9. She can fall. (vah gir sakat& hai) vah igar saktaI hE_
10. She can drop. (vah gira@ sakat& hai) vah igara saktaI hE_
11. They can fall. (ve gir sakate hain[, ve gir sakat& hain[) vae igar saktae hE>, vae igar saktaI hE>_
12. They can drop. (ve gira@ sakate hain[, ve gira@ sakat& hain[) vae igara saktae hE>, vae igara saktaI hE>_
13. Someone can fall. (ko& gir sakata@ hai, ko& gir sakat& hai) kae}| igar saktaa hE, kae}| igar saktaI hE_
14. Someone can drop. (ko& gira@ sakata@ hai, ko& gira@ sakat& hai) kae}| igara saktaa hE, kae}| igara saktaI hE_
15. Anybody can fall. (ko& bh& gir sakata@ hai, ko& bh& gir sakat& hai) kae}| BaI igar saktaa hE, kae}| BaI igar
saktaI hE_
16. Anybody can drop. (ko& bh& gira@ sakata@ hai, ko& bh& gira@ sakat& hai) kae}| BaI igara saktaa hE, kae}| BaI
igara saktaI hE_)
17. Anything can fall. (kuc{h bh& gir sakata@ hai, ko& bh& c{&j gir sakat& hai) kuC BaI igar saktaa hE, kae}|
BaI caIja igar saktaI hE_)
18. Nothing can fall. (kuc{h bh& nah&n[ gir sakata@) kuC BaI nahI> igar saktaa)
(12) DESIDERATIVE MOOD
1. I want to fall. (main[ girana@ c{a@hata@ hu@n[, main[ girana@ c{a@hat& hu@n[) maE> igarnaa caahtaa hU©, maE> igarnaa caahtaI
hU©_
2. I want to drop. (main[ gira@na@ c{a@hata@ hu@n[, main[ gira@na@ c{ah
@ att& hu@n)[ maE> igaranaa caahtaa hU©, maE> igaranaa
caahtaI hU©_
56
HINDI TEACHER for English Speaking People
3. We want to fall. (ham girana@ c{a@hate hain[, ham girana@ c{a@hat& hain[) (hma igarnaa caahtae hE>, hma igarnaa
caahtaI hE>_
4. We want to drop. (ham gira@na@ c{a@hate hain[, ham gira@na@ c{ah
@ at& hain[) hma igaranaa caahtae hE>, hma igaranaa
caahtaI hE>_
5. You want to fall. (a@p girana@ c{a@hate hain[, a@p girana@ c{a@hat& hain[) Aapa igarnaa caahtae hE>, Aapa igarnaa
caahtaI hE>_
6. You want to drop. (a@p gira@na@ c{a@hate hain[, a@p gira@na@ c{a@hat& hain[) Aapa igaranaa caahtae hE>, Aapa igaranaa
caahtaI hE>_
7. He wants to fall. (vah girana@ c{ah
@ ata@ hai) vah igarnaa caahtaa hE_
8. He wants to drop. (vah gira@na@ c{a@hata@ hai) vah igaranaa caahtaa hE_
9. She wants to fall. (vah girana@ c{ah
@ at& hai) vah igarnaa caahtaI hE_
10. She wants to drop. (vah gira@na@ c{ah
@ at& hai) vah igaranaa caahtaI hE_
11. They want to fall. (ve girana@ c{a@hate hain[, ve girana@ c{ah
@ at& hain[) vae igarnaa caahtae hE>, vae igarnaa caahtaI
hE>_
12. They want to drop. (ve gira@na@ c{a@hate hain[, ve gira@na@ c{a@hat& hain[) vae igaranaa caahtae hE>, vae igaranaa
caahtaI hE>_
I am a man. (main[ a@dam& hu@n[)
maE> AadmaI hU©_
We are men. (ham a@dam& hain[)
hma AadmaI hE>_
You are a man. (a@p a@dam& hain[)
Aapa AadmaI hE>_
You are men. (a@p a@dam& hain[)
Aapa AadmaI hE>_
He is a man. (vah a@dam& hai)
vah AadmaI hE_
They are men. (ve a@dam& hain[)
vae AadmaI hE>_
This is a house. (yah ghar hai)
yah zar hE_
These are houses. (ye ghar hain[)
yae zar hE>_
This is a mango. (yah a@m hai)
yah Aama hE_
These are mangos. (ye a@m hain[)
yae Aama hE>_
57
HINDI TEACHER for English Speaking People
This is a book. (yah kita@b hai)
yah iktaaba hE_
These are books. (ye kita@ben[ hai)
yae iktaabae> hE>_
This is a cow. (yah ga@y hai)
yah gaaya hE_
These are cows. (ye ga@yen[ hai)
yae gaayae> hE>_
I am a boy. (main[ lad<aka@ hu@n[)
maE> laD<ka hU©_
We are boys. (ham lad<ake hain[)
hma laD<k’ hE>_
You are a boy. (a@p lad<ake hain[)
Aapa laD<k’ hE>_
You are boys. (a@p lad<ake hain[)
Aapa laD<k’ hE>_
He is a boy. (vah lad<aka@ hai)
vah laD<ka hE_
They are boys. (ve lad<ake hain[)
vae laD<k’ hE>_
This is a horse. (yah ghod<a@ hai)
yah zaaeD<a hE_
These are horses. (ye ghod<e hain[)
yae zaaeD<e hE>_
This is a lock. (yah ta@la@ hai)
yah taalaa hE_
These are locks. (ye ta@le hain[)
yae taalae hE>_
This is a girl. (yah ba@lika@ hai)
yah baailaka hE_
These are girls. (ye ba@lika@yen[ hain[)
yae baailaka]©© hE>_
This is a poem. (ye kavita@ hai)
yah kivataa hE_
These are poems. (ye kavita@yen[ hain[) yae kivataa]©© hE>_
I am a girl. (main[ lad<ak& hu@n[)
maE> laD<kI hU©_
We are girls. (ham lad>kiya@n[ hain[)
hma laD<ikyaa© hE>_
You are a girl. (a@p lad>k& hain[)
Aapa laD<kI hE>_
You are girls. (a@p lad>kiya@n[ hain[)
Aapa laD<ikyaa© hE>_
She is a girl. (vah lad>k& hai)
vah laD<kI hE_
They are girls. (ve lad>kiya@n[ hain[)
vae laD<ikyaa© hE>_
This is a method. (yah r&ti hai)
yah rIita hE_
These are methods. (ye r&tiya@n[ hain[) yae rIitayaa© hE>_
58
HINDI TEACHER for English Speaking People
This is a river. (yah nad& hai)
yah nadI hE_
These are rivers. (ye nadiya@n[ hain[)
yae naidyaa© hE>_
He is a poet. (vah kavi hai)
vah kiva hE_
They are poets. (ve kavi hain[)
vae kiva hE>_
This is an elephant. (vah ha@th& hai)
yah haYaI hE_
These are elephents. (ye ha@th& hain[) yae haYaI hE>_
1. I eat a mango. (main[ a@m kha@ta@ hu@n,[ main[ a@m kha@t& hu@n[) maE> Aama Saataa hU©, maE> Aama SaataI hU©_
2. I eat mangos. (main[ a@m kha@ta@ hu@n[, main[ a@m kha@t& hu@n[) maE> Aama Saataa hU©, maE> Aama SaataI hU©_
3. I eat a banana. (main[ kela@ kha@ta@ hu@n,[ main[ kela@ kha@t& hu@n[) maE> k’laa Saataa hU©, maE> k’laa SaataI hU©_
4. I eat bananas. (main[ kele kha@ta@ hu@n,[ main[ kele kha@t& hu@n)[ maE> k’lae Saataa hU©, maE> k’lae SaataI hU©_
5. I eat a bread. (main[ rot>& kha@ta@ hu@n[, main[ rot>& kha@t& hu@n[) maE> rae@I Saataa hU©, maE> rae@I SaataI hU©_
6. I eat breads. (main[ rot>iya@n[ kha@ta@ hu@n,[ main[ rot>iya@n[ kha@t& hu@n[) maE> raei@yaa© Saataa hU©, maE> raei@yaa© SaataI hU©_
7. We eat a mango. (ham a@m kha@te hain[, ham a@m kha@t& hain[) hma Aama Saatae hE>, hma Aama SaataI hE>_
8. We eat mangos. (ham a@m kha@te hain[, ham a@m kha@t& hain[) hma Aama Saatae hE>, hma Aama SaataI hE>_
9. We eat a banana. (ham kela@ kha@te hain[, ham kela@ kha@t& hain[) hma k’laa Saatae hE>, hma k’laa SaataI hE>_
10. We eat bananas. (ham kele kha@te hain[, ham kele kha@t& hain[) hma k’lae Saatae hE>, hma k’lae SaataI hE>_
11. We eat a bread. (ham rot>& kha@te hain[, ham rot>& kha@t& hain[) hma rae@I Saatae hE>, hma rae@I SaataI hE>_
12. We eat breads. (ham rot>iya@n[ kha@te hain[, ham rot>iya@n[ kha@t& hain[) hma raei@yaa© Saatae hE>, hma raei@yaa©
SaataI hE>_
13. I go to Kharagpur. (main[ Kharagpur ja@ta@ hu@n,[ main[ Kharagpur ja@t& hu@n)[ maE> SaD<gapaur jaataa hU©, maE>
SaD<gapaur jaataI hU©_
@ al kha@ta@ hu@n,[ main[ c{ammac{ se c{aw
@ al kha@t& hu@n[)
1. I eat rice with a spoon. (main[ c{ammac{ se c{aw
maE> cammaca sae caavala Saataa hU©, maE> cammaca sae caavala SaataI hU©_
2. I eat rice with soup. (main[ da@l ke sa@th c{a@wal kha@ta@ hu@n[, main[ da@l ke sa@th c{a@wal kha@t& hu@n[) maE>
dala k’ saaYa caavala Saataa hU©, maE> dala k’ saaYa caavala SaataI hU©_
59
HINDI TEACHER for English Speaking People
3. I go with Ra@m. (main[ Ra@m ke sa@th ja@ta@ hu@n[, main[ Ra@m ke sa@th ja@t& hu@n)[ maE> rama k’ saaYa jaataa hU©, maE>
rama k’ saaYa jaataI hU©_
4. I go by a car. (main[ ga@d<& se ja@ta@ hu@n[, main[ ga@d<& se ja@t& hu@n[) maE> gaaD<I sae jaataa hU©, maE> gaaD<I sae jaataI hU©_
5. The glass is filled with water. (gila@s pa@n& se bhara@ hai) igalaasa paanaI sae Bara hE_
1. I give a letter to Ra@m. (main[ Ra@m ko patra deta@ hu@n[, main[ Ra@m ko patra det& hu@n[) maE> rama kae
paLa detaa hU©, maE> rama kae paLa detaI hU©_
2. I send money for Rama. (main[ Ra@m ke liye paise bhejata@ hu@n[, main[ Ra@m ke liye paise bhejat&
hu@n[) maE> rama k’ ila] paEsae Baejataa hU©, maE> rama k’ ila] paEsae BaejataI hU©_
1. I came from home. (main[ ghar se a@ya@, main[ ghar se a@y&) maE> zar sae Aayaa, maE> zar sae Aa}|_
2. Water falls from the roof (c{hat se pa@n& girata@ hai) Cta sae paanaI igartaa hE_
3. I go from America to India. (main[ Amerika@ se Bha@rat ja@ta@ hu@n[, main[ Amerika@ se Bha@rat ja@t&
hu@n)[ maE> Amaeirka sae Baarta jaataa hU©, maE> Amaeirka sae Baarta jaataI hU©_
4. Rama is taller than S&ta@. (Ra@m S&ta@ se lamba@ hai) rama saItaa sae la>baa hE_
5. Sita is not taller than Rama. (S&ta@ Ra@m se lamb& nah&n[ hai) saItaa rama sae la>baI nahI> hE_
1. This is my house. (yah mera@ ghar hai) yah maera zar hE_
2. These are my houses. (ye mere ghar hain[) yae maere zar hE>_
3. This is our house. (yah hama@ra@ ghar hai) yah hmaara zar hE_
4. These are our houses. (ye hama@re ghar hain[) yae hmaare zar hE>_
5. This is your house. (yah a@p ka ghar hai) yah Aapaka zar hE_
6. These are your houses. (ya a@p ke ghar hain[) yae Aapak’ zar hE>_
7. This is his house. (yah us ka@ ghar hai) yah qsaka zar hE_
8. These are his houses. (ye us ke ghar hain[) yae qsak’ zar hE>_
9. This is her house. (yah us ka@ ghar hai) yah qsaka zar hE_
10. These are her houses. (ye us ke ghar hain[) yae qsak’ zar hE>_
60
HINDI TEACHER for English Speaking People
11. This is their house. (yah un ka@ ghar hai) yah qnaka zar hE_
12. These are their houses. (ye un ke ghar hain[) yae qnak’ zar hE>_
13. This is my book. (yah mer& kita@b hai) yah maerI iktaaba hE_
14. These are my books. (ye mer& kita@ben[ hain[) yae maerI iktaabae> hE>_
15. This is his book. (yah us k& kita@b hai) yah qsakI iktaaba hE_
16. These are his books. (ye us k& kita@ben[ hain[) yae qsakI iktaabae> hE>_
17. These are our books. (ye hama@r& kita@ben[ hain[) yae hmaarI iktaabae> hE>_
18. This is my shoe. (yah mera@ ju@ta@ hai) yah maera jaUtaa hE_
19. These are my shoes. (ye mere ju@te hain[) yae maere jaUtae hE>_
20. His shoe. (us ka@ ju@ta@) qsaka jaUtaa_
21. His shoes. (us ke ju@te) qsak’ jaUtae_
22. My car. (mer& ga@d<&) maerI gaaD<I_
23. These are my cars. (ye mer& ga@d<iya@n[ hain[) yae maerI gaaiD<yaa© hE>_
24. His car. (us k& ga@d&< ) qsakI gaaD<I_
25. These are his cars. (ye us k& ga@d<iya@n[ hain[) yae qsakI gaaiD<yaa© hE>_
26. These are our cars. (ye hama@r& ga@d<iya@n[ hain[) yae hmaarI gaaiD<yaa© hE>_
1. Water is in the glass. (pa@n& gila@s men[ hai) igalaasa mae> paanaI hE_
2. The book is on table. (kita@b mej par hai) iktaaba maeja par hE_
3. The books are on table. (kita@ben[ mej par hain[) iktaabae> maeja par hE>_
4. He is not home, he is not in the house. (vah ghar nah&n[ hai, vah ghar men[ nah&n[ hai, vah ghar
par nah&n[ hai) vah zar nahI> hE, vah zar mae> nahI> hE, vah zar par nahI> hE_
1. I am with Ra@m. (main[ Ra@m ke sa@th hu@n)[ maE> rama k’ saaYa hU©_
2. Ra@m is with me. (Ra@m mere sa@th hai) rama maere saaYa hE_
3. My house is near Ra@m's house. (mera@ ghar Ra@m ke ghar ke pa@s hai) maera zar rama k’ zar k’ paasa
hE_
61
HINDI TEACHER for English Speaking People
4. Ra@m's house is near my house. (Ra@m ka@ ghar mere ghar ke pa@s hai) rama ka zar maere zar k’ paasa
hE_
5. This water is not for drinking. (yah pa@n& p&ne ke liye nah&n[ hai) yah paanaI paInae k’ iLa] nahI> hE_
6. He can not eat hot food. (vah garam kha@na@ nah&n[ kha@ sakata@) vah garma Saanaa nahI> Saa saktaa_
7. I want a cup of hot tea. (mujhe ek kap garam c{ay c{a@hiye) mauJae ]k kpa garma caaya caaih]_
8. Do you like tea? (kya@ a@p ko c{ay@ ac{c{h& lagat& hai?) Kyaa Aapakae caaya AcCI LagataI hE?
@ iye? kya@ a@p c{ay c{a@hate hain[?) Kyaa Aapakae caaya caaih]?
9. Do you want tea? (kya@ a@p ko c{ay@ c{ah
Kyaa Aapa caaya caahtae hE>?
10. Will you drink tea? (kya@ a@p c{ay@ pien[ge?) Kyaa Aapa caaya ipa]ãgae?
11. Did you drink tea? (kya@ a@p ne c{a@y p&?) Kyaa Aapanae caaya paI?
12. When did you drink tea? (a@p ne c{ay@ kab p&?) Aapanae caaya kba paI?
13. When had you drunk tea? (a@p ne c{ay@ kab p& th&?) Aapanae caaya kba paI YaI?
@ iye?) Aapakae caaya kba paInaI caaih]?
14. When should you drink tea? (a@p ko c{ay@ kab p&n& c{ah
15. Please drink tea. (a@p c{a@y p&en[) Aapa caaya paI]ã, ×payaa caaya paIija]_
16. They can play cricket. (ve cricket khel sakate hain) vae iÛk’@ SaeLa saktae hE>_
17. I should work on that computer. (main[ us computer par ka@m karu@n)[ maE> qsa käpyaU@r par kama
kWã_
18. Yesterday my brother came from London. (kal mera@ bha@& London se a@ya@) kLa maera Baa}| La>dna
sae Aayaa_
1. Good boy (ac{c{ha@ lad<aka@) AcCa LaDñka
2. Good boys (ac{c{he lad<ake) AcCe LaDñke
3. Good girl (ac{c{h& lad<ak&) AcCI LaDñkI
4. Good girls (ac{c{h& lad<akiya@n[) AcCI LaDñikyaaã
Singular
m\ maE> AcCa LaDñka hUã_
Plural
hma AcCe LaDñk’ hE>_
62
HINDI TEACHER for English Speaking People
Aapa AcCe LaDñk’ hE>_
vah AcCa LaDñka hE_
f\ maE> AcCI LaDñkI hUã_
Aapa AcCI LaDñkI hE>_
vah AcCI LaDñkI hE_
Aapa AcCe LaDñk’ hE>_
vae AcCe LaDñk’ hE>_
hma AcCI LaDñikyaaã hE>_
Aapa AcCI LaDñikyaaã hE>_
vae AcCI LaDñikyaaã hE>_
1. Ra@n& does good work. (Ra@n& ac{c{ha@ ka@m karat& hai) ranaI AcCa kama krtaI hE_
2. The oranges are sweet. (santare m&t>he hain[) sa>tare maI#e hE>_
3. We saw a yellow rose. (ham ne p&la@ gula@b dekha@) hmanae paILaa gauLaaba deSaa_
4. Eat with right hand. (da@hine ha@th se kha@iye) daihnae haYa sae Saa}]_
5. He has one Dollar-Rupee. (us ke pa@sa ek Dollar-rupaya@ hai) qsak’ paasa ]k DaLar-wpayaa hE_
6. Sun&l is tall boy. (Sun&l lamba@ lad<aka@ hai) saunaILa La>baa LaDñka hE_
7. The clothes are wet. (kapad<e g&le hain[) kpaDñe gaILae hE>_
8. My shirt is blue. (mer& kam&j n&l& hai) maerI kmaIja naILaI hE_
9. You are tired. a@p thake hain[. (|thak) Aapa Yak’ hE>_
10. Here the water is deep. (yaha@n[ pa@n& gahara@ hai) yahaã paanaI gahra hE_
11. It is true. (yah sac{ hai) yah saca hE_
12. The window is open. (khid<ak& khul& hai -(|khul) iSaDñkI SauLaI hE_
13. This job is small. (yah ka@m c{hot>a@ hai) yah kama Cae@a hE_
14. I brought fresh vegetables. (main[ ta@j& sabjiya@n[ la@ya@) maE> taajaI saibjayaaã Laayaa_
15. He took a longer route. (us ne lamba@ ra@sta@ pakad<a@- |pakad<) qsanae La>baa rastaa pakDña_
(1) Two red flowers. (do la@l phu@l) dae LaaLa f”La_
(2) This car is blue. (yah ga@d<& n&l& hai) yah gaaDñI naILaI hE_
(3) There are yellow flowers on this tree. (is ped> par p&le phu@l hain[) }sa paeDñ par paILae f”La hE>_
(4) Please give me ten Rupees. (mujhe das rupaye d&jiye) mauJae dsa wpa] dIija]_
63
HINDI TEACHER for English Speaking People
(5) One sari is dark black and other sari is light green. (ek sa@d<& ga@d<h& ka@l& hai aur du@sar& sa@d<&
ph&k& har& hai) ]k saaDñI gaa$ñI kaLaI hE AaEr dUsarI saaDñI fIkI hrI hE_
1. Ra@n& walks fast. (Ra@n& tej c{alat& hai) ranaI taeja caLataI hE_
2. He always helps. (vah hames{a@ madad karata@ hai) vah hmaeoaa madd krtaa hE_
3. Please move backward. (kr<paya@ p&c{he hat>iye) ×payaa paICe hi@]_
4. I came before he did. (main[ us se pahale a@ya@) maE> qsasae pahLae Aayaa_
5. He wants money right now. (us ko paise abh& c{a@hiye) qsakae paEsae ABaI caaih]_
6. Sun&l came here twice. (Sun&l yaha@n[ do ba@r a@ya@) saunaILa yahaã dae baar Aayaa_
7. She knows me well. (vah mujhe ac{c{h& tarah se ja@nat& hai) vah mauJae AcCI tarh sae jaanataI hE_
8. This is better than that one. (yah us se behatar hai) yah qsasae baehtar hE_
9. Kindly give me ten dollars. (kr<paya@ mujhe das da@lar d&jiye) ×payaa mauJae dsa DaâLar dIija]_
10. Otherwise I will go. (varana@ main[ c{ala@ ja@u@n[ga@) varnaa maE> caLaa jaaQãgaa_
11. Where is your friend? (a@p ka@ mitra kaha@n[ hai?) Aapaka ima%a khaã hE?
12. When did you hear this? (a@p ne yah kab suna@?) Aapanae yah kba saunaa?
13. Why are you sad? (a@p uda@s kyon[ hain[) Aapa qdasa Kyaae> hE>?
14. How was this written? (yah kaise likha@ tha@?) yah k“sae iLaSaa Yaa?
15. Please speak slowly (kr>paya@ dh&re boliye) ×payaa ZaIre baaeiLa]_
16. Tell me again. (mujhe fir se kahiye) mauJae ifr sae kih]_
17. Sunil will not come now. (Sun&l ab nah&n[ a@yega@) saunaILa Aba nahI> Aa]gaa_
18. I like it very much. (main[ ise bahuta c{a@hata@ hu@n[, mujhe yah bahut hi ac{c{ha@ lagata@ hai) maE>
}sae bahuta caahtaa hUã, mauJae yah bahuta hI AcCa Lagataa hE_
19. It is not very bad. (yah bahut bura@ nah&n[ hai) yah bahuta baura nahI> hE_
20. He stood at once. (vah ekadam khad<a@ hua@) vah ]kdma SaDña huAa_
1. I have to walk slowly. (mujhe dh&re c{alana@ hai) mauJae ZaIre caLanaa hE_
64
HINDI TEACHER for English Speaking People
2. Flowers are drying quickly. (fu@l jald& su@kh rahe hain[) f”La jaLdI saUSa rhe hE>_
3. We are working very hard. (ham bahut ka@m kar rahe-rah& hain[) hma bahuta kama kr rhe-rhI
hE>_
4. It operates smoothly. (yah t>h&k taraha se c{alata@-c{alat& hai) yah #Ik tarh sae caLataa-caLataI hE_
5. Arrange the flowers nicely. (fu@lon[ ko ac{c{h& tarah se saja@iye) f”Laae> kae AcCI tarh sae sajaa}]_
1. I, We (main[, ham) maE>, hma_
2. I am. (main[ hu@n)[ maE> hU_ã
3. We are friends. (ham dost hain[) hma daesta hE>_
4. Give me one thing. (mujhe ek c{&j d&jiye) mauJae ]k caIja dIija]_
5. Tell us one thing. (hamen[ ek ba@t bata@iye) hmae> ]k baata bataa}]_
6. It will not be done by me. (yah mujh se nah&n[ hoga@) yah mauJasae nahI> haegaa_
7. It will be done by us. (yah ham se hoga@) yah hmasae haegaa_
8. This is for me. (yah mere liye hai) yah maere iLa] hE_
9. Bring water for us. (hama@re liye pa@n& la@iye) hmaare iLa] paanaI Laa}]_
10. He took money from me. (us ne mujh se paisa@ liya@) qsanae mauJasae paEsaa iLayaa_
11. That is far from us. (vah ham se du@r hai) vah hmasae dUr hE_
12. He is my brother. (vah mera@ bha@& hai) vah maera Baa}| hE_
13. Our books. (hama@r& kita@ben[) hmaarI iktaabae>_
14. Belive in me. (mujh par bharosa@ k&jiye) mauJa par Baraesaa kIija]_
15. He depends on us. (vah ham par nirbhar hai) vah hma par inaBa|r hE_
1. You, a@p Aapa
2. You are. (a@p hain[) Aapa hE_>
3. You are friends. (a@p dost hain[) Aapa daesta hE_>
4. I will give you one thing. (main[ a@p ko ek c{&j du@n[ga@-du@n[g&) maE> Aapakae ]k caIja dUgã aa-dUgã aI_
65
HINDI TEACHER for English Speaking People
5. I will tell you (all) one thing. (main[ a@p ko ek ba@t bata@u@n[ga@-bata@u@n[g&) maE> Aapakae (Aapa Laaegaae> kae)
]k baata bataaQãgaa-bataaQãgaI_
6. It will not be done by you. (yah a@p se nah&n[ hoga@) yah Aapasae nahI> haegaa_
7. It will be done by you all. (yah a@plogon[ se hoga@) yah Aapa Laaegaae> sae haegaa_
8. This is for you. (yah a@p ke liye hai) yah Aapak’ iLa] hE_
@ g[ a@-la@un
@ [g&) maE> Aapa Laaegaae> k’ iLa]
9. I will bring water for you all. (main[ a@plogon[ ke liye pa@n& la@un
paanaI LaaQãgaa-LaaQãgaI_
10. He took money from you. (us ne a@p se paise liye) qsanae Aapasae paEsae iLayae_
11. That is far from you all. (vah a@p logon[ se du@r hai) vah Aapa Laaegaae> sae dUr hE_
12. He is your brother. (vah a@p ka@ bha@& hai) vah Aapaka Baa}| hE_
13. Your books. (a@p k& kita@ben[) AapakI iktaabae>_
14. I belive in you. (main[ a@p par bharosa@ karata@ hu@n[) maE> Aapa par Baraesaa krtaa hUã_
15. He depends on you. (vah a@p par nirbhar hai) vah Aapa par inaBa|r hE_
1. He, she, it, they vah ve. vah, vae_
2. He-she is. (vah hai) vah hE_
3. They are friends. vae daesta hE_>
4. Give him-her one thing. (us ko ek c{ij d&jiye) qsakae ]k caIja dIija]_
5. Tell them one thing. (un ko ek ba@t bata@iye) qnakae-qnhe> ]k baata bataa}]_
6. It will not be done by him-her. (yah us se nah&n[ hoga@) yah qsasae nahI> haegaa_
7. It will be done by them. (yah un se goga@) yah qnasae haegaa_
8. This is for her-him. (yah us ke liye hai) yah qsak’ iLa] hE_
9. Bring water for them. (un ke liye pa@n& la@iye) qnak’ iLa] paanaI Laa}]_
10. He took it from him-her. (us ne us se liya@) qsanae qsasae iLayaa_
11. That is far from them. (vah un se du@r hai) vah qnasae dUr hE_
12. He is his-her brother. (vah us ka@ bha@& hai) vah qsaka Baa}| hE_
66
HINDI TEACHER for English Speaking People
13. Their books. (un k& kita@ben[) qnakI iktaabae>_
14. Belive in him-her. (us par bharosa@ k&jiye) qsa par Baraesaa kIija]_
15. He depends on them. (vah un par bharosa@ karata@ hai) vah qna par Baraesaa krtaa hE_
1. My dog. (mera@ kutta@) maera kÖTaa_ 2. My dogs. (mere kutte) maere kÖTae_
3. Our dog. (hama@ra@ kutta@) hmaara kÖTaa_ 4. Our dogs. (hama@re kutte) hmaare kÖTae_
5. My car. (mer& ga@d&) maerI gaaDñI_ 6. My cars. (mer& ga@d<iya@n[) maerI gaaiDñyaaã_>
7. Our car. (hama@r& ga@d&< ) hmaarI gaaDñI_ 8. Our cars. (hama@r& ga@di< ya@n)[ hmaarI gaaiDñyaaã>_
1. Your dog. (a@p ka@ kutta@) Aapaka kÖTaa_ 2. Your dogs. (a@p ke kutte) Aapak’ kÖTae_
3. Your car. (a@p k& ga@d<&) AapakI gaaDñI_ 4. Your cars. (a@p k& ga@d<iya@n[) AapakI gaiDñyaaã_
1. His dog. (us ka@ kutta@) qsaka kÖTaa_ 2. His dogs. (us ke kutte) qsak’ kÖTae_
3. Her dog. (us ka@ kutta@) qsaka kÖTaa_ 4. Her dogs. (us ke kutte) qsak’ kÖTae_
5. Their dog. (un ka@ kutta@) qnaka kÖTaa_ 6. Their dogs. (un ke kutte) qnak’ kÖTae_
7. His car. (us k& ga@d<&) qsakI gaaDñI_ 8. Her car. (us k& ga@d<&) qsakI gaaDñI_
9. His cars. (us k& ga@d<iya@n[) qsakI gaaiDñyaaã_ 10. Her car. (us k& ga@d<&) qsakI gaaDñI_
11. Their car. (un k& ga@d&< ) qnakI gaaDñI_ 12. Their cars. (un k& ga@d<iya@n[) qnakI gaaiDñyaaã_
(1) This is the book that Ra@m gave me yesterday. (yah vah& kita@b hai jo Ra@m ne kal mujhe d& th&)
yah vahI iktaaba hE jaae rama nae kLa mauJae dI YaI_
(2) I do not want these things. (ye c{&jen[ mujhe nah&n[ c{a@hiye) yae caIjae> mauJae nahI> caaih]_
(3) I purchased that house. (main[ ne vah ghar khar&da@) maE>nae vah zar SarIda_
(4) Those cars are new. (ve ga@d<iya@n[ nay& hain[) vae gaaiDñyaaã na}| hE_>
(1) Someone is standing there. (vaha@n[ ko& khad<a@ hai) vahaã kae}| SaDña hE_
(2) Nobody is there. (vaha@n[ ko& nah&n[ hai, vaha@n[ ko& bh& nah&n[ hai) vahaã kae}| nahI> hE_ vahaã kae}| BaI
nahI> hE_
67
HINDI TEACHER for English Speaking People
(3) Give me some money. (mujhe kuc{h paise d&jiye) mauJae kÖC paEsae dIija]_
(4) Did he say anything? (us ne kuc{h kaha@ kya@?) qsanae kÖC kha Kyaa?
(5) Someone did it. (yah kis& ne kiya@ hai) yah iksaI nae ikyaa hE_
(6) Do not tell it to anyone. (kis& se yah mat kahana@) iksaI sae yah mata khnaa_
(7) It will not be done by anybody. (yah kis& se nah&n[ hoga@) yah iksaI sae nahI> haegaa_
(8) This is for someone. (yah kis& ke liye hai) yah iksaI k’ iLa] hE_
(9) He took it from somebody. (us ne yah kis& se liya@ hai) qsanae yah iksaI sae iLayaa hE_
(10) This money belongs to someone. (yah paisa@ kis& ka@ hai) vah paEsaa iksaI ka hE_
(11) He does not trust anyone. (vah kis& par bharosa@ nah&n[ karata@) vah iksaI par Baraesaa nahI> krtaa_
(1) As (you) sow, so (you) reap (jaisa@ karen[ge, vaisa@ bharen[ge) jaEsaa (Aapa) kreg> ae, vaEsaa Bare>gae_
(2) As (one) will do, so will (he) reap (jaisa@ karega@, vaisa@ bharega@) jaEsaa kregaa, vaEsaa Baregaa_
(3) As (she) will do, so will (she) reap. (jaisa@ kareg&, vaisa@ bhareg&) jaEsaa kregaI, vaEsaa BaregaI_
(4) He-she who does, he-she pays. (jo karata@-karat& hai, so bharata@-bharat& hai). jaae krtaa-krtaI
hE, saae Bartaa-BartaI hE_
(5) Anyone you see, he is busy. (jis ko dekhiye vah& vyasta hai) ijasakae deiSa], vahI vyasta hE_
(6) Ask him, to whom it belongs. (jis k& c{ij hai us& se pu@c{hiye) ijasakI caIja hE, qsaI sae paUiC]_
(7) Call them who want tea. (jin ko c{ay c{a@hiye un ko bula@iye) ijanakae caaya caaih], qnakae bauLaa}]_
(8) The people I saw yesterday, are not here today. (jin ko kal main[ ne dekha@ ve a@j yaha@n[ nah&n[
hain[) ijanakae kLa maE>nae deSaa, vae Aaja yahaã nahI> hE>_
(9) As you say so will I do, I will do as you say. (jaisa@ a@p kahen[ge vaisa@ main[ karu@n[ga@) jaEsaa Aapa
kheg> ae vaEsaa maE> kWãgaa_
(10) Do not give the money to people whom you do not trust. (jin-par a@p ka@ vis{va@s nah&n[ hai un
logon[-ko a@p paise mat d&jiye) ijanapar Aapaka ivaovaasa nahI> hE qna Laaegaae> kae paEsae mata dIija]_
68
HINDI TEACHER for English Speaking People
SIMILARITY BETWEEN VARIOUS PRONOUNS
This
yah
yah
Like these
aise
]esae
That
vah
vah
Like these
vaise
vaEsae
Who?
kaun
kaEna?
Like what, how? kaise k“sae?
Who
jo
jaae
Like which
jaise
jaEsae
Here
yaha@n[ yahaã
This much
itana@
}tanaa
There
vaha@n[ vahaã
That much
utana@ qtanaa
Where?
kaha@n[ khaã?
How much?
kitana@ iktanaa
Where
jaha@n[ jahaã
As much
jitana@ ijatanaa
On this side
idhar
}Zar
This much
itan&
}tanaI
On that side
udhar qZar
That much
utan&
qtanaI
How much?
kitan& iktanaI
As much
jitan&
itane }tanaee
On which side? kidhar ikZar?
On which side jidhar ijaZar
ijatanaI
Now
ab
Aba
Then
tab
These many
taba
When?
kab
That many
utane qtanae
kba?
When
jab
How many?
kitane iktanae?
jaba
As many
jitane ijatanae
Like this
aisa@
]esaa
vaisa@
is ko
}sakae
Like that
To this
vaEsaa
To that
us ko
qsakae
To whom
kis- ko iksakae
jaEsaa
To whom
jis-ko ijasakae
Like this is tarah
}sa tarh
Like that us tarah
With this
is se
}sasae
qsa tarh
With that
us se
qsasae
With what?
kis se
iksasae?
With which
jis se
ijasasae
Like what, how? kaisa@ k“saa?
Like which
jaisa@
Like what? kis tarah iksa tarh?
Like which jis tarah ijasa tarh
69
HINDI TEACHER for English Speaking People
is liye }sa iLa]
Of this
is ke@
}sak’
For thatus us liye qsa iLa]
Of that
us ke@
qsak’
For what? kis liye iksa iLa]?
Of what?
kis ke@ iksak’?
For which jis liye ijasa iLa]
Of which
jis ke@
From this is se
}sasae
In this
is men[ }samae>
From that us se
qsasae
In that
us men[ qsamae>
From what? kis se iksasae
In what?
kis men[ iksamae>?
From which jis se
ijasasae
In which
jis men[ ijasamae>
For this
ijasak’
Of this
is ka@
}saka
On this
is par }sa par
Of that
us ka@
qsaka
On that
us par qsa par
Of what?
kis ka@ iksaka?
On what? kis par iksa par
Of which
jis ka@
ijasaka
On which jis par ijasa par
Of this
is k&@
}sakI
Of that
kyon[
Kyaae>?
us k&@
Why?
qsakI
kis k&@
yon[
yaae>
Of what?
so
iksakI?
tyon[
tyaae>
Of which
jis k&
thus
ijasakI
as
jyon[
jyaae>
70
HINDI TEACHER for English Speaking People
(1) kaEna (kaun? who) : Who sleeps here? (yaha@n[ kaun sota@ hai?) yahaã kaEna saaetaa hE?
(2) Kyaae> (kyon[? why) : Why do you sleep here?
Aapa yahaã Kyaae> saaetae hE>?
(3) Kyaa (kya@? what) : What are you doing here now? (a@p ab yaha@n[ kya@ kar rahe hain[?) Aapa Aba
yahaã Kyaa kr rhe hE?
>
(4) kba (kab? When) : When will you come? (a@p kab a@yen[ge?) Aapa kba Aa]ãgae?
(5) khaã (kaha@n[? where) : Where does he live? (vah kaha@n[ rahata@ hai?) vah khaã rhtaa hE?
(6) kaEna saa (kaun sa@? which) : Which one is your room? (a@p ka@ kamara@ kaun sa@ hai?) Aapaka
kmara kaEna saa hE?
(1) I will take it myself. (main[ apane a@p lu@n[ga@-lu@n[g&) . maE> Apanae Aapa LaUãgaa-LaUãgaI_
(2) You should do it yourself. (a@p ko yah svayam[ karana@ c{a@hiye) Aapakae yah svaya> krnaa caaih]_
(3) He does it himself. (vah apane a@p karata@ hai) vah Apanae Aapa krtaa hE_
(4) She went by herself. (vah apane a@p gay&) vah Apanae Aapa ga}|_
(5) It happens by itself. (yah svayam[ h& hota@ hai) yah svaya> hI haetaa hE_
(6) They should try it by themselves. (ve apane a@p kar ke dekhen[) vae yah Apanae Aapa krk’ deSae_>
1. Ra@mu AND Sun&l are friends. (Ra@mu@ aur Sun&l mitra hain[) ramaU AaEr saunaILa ima%a hE_>
2. Bring mango AND a knife. (a@m aur c{a@ku@ la@iye) Aama AaEr caak” Laa}]_
3. He works day AND night. (vah ra@t va din ka@m karata@ hai) vah rata va idna kama krtaa hE_
4. I can read AND write Hind&. (main[ Hind& pad<h evam likh sakata@ hu@n[) maE> ih>dI pa$ñ ]va> iLaSa
saktaa hUã_
5. He can speak AS WELL AS write Sanskrit. (vah sanskr>t bol tatha@ likh sakata@ hai) vah sa>s×ta
baaeLa taYaa iLaSa saktaa hE_
6. Give me an apple OR a banana. (mujhe seb ya@ kela@ d&jiye) mauJae saeba yaa k’Laa dIija]_
7. Speak in Hind& OR in English language. (Hind& athava@ an[grez& bha@sa< @ men[ boliye) ih>dI AYavaa
A>gaRejaI BaaPaa mae> baaeiLa]_
71
HINDI TEACHER for English Speaking People
8. EITHER pay me money OR give me the books. (mujhe ya@ to paise d&jiye athava@ kita@ben[
d&jiye) mauJae yaa taae paEsae dIija] AYavaa iktaabae> dIija]_
9. It is NEITHER good, NOR beautiful. (na to yah ac{c{ha@ hai na h& sundar hai) na taae yah AcCa hE
na hI sau>dr hE_
10. WHETHER you like it OR NOT, it will happen. (a@p k& ic{c{ha@ c{ha@he ho ya@ nah&n[ ho, yah to
hoga@ h&) AapakI }cCa caahe hae yaa nahI> hae, yah taae haegaa hI_
11. I had no idea THAT he was in America. (main[ nah&n[ ja@nata@ tha@ ki vah amerika@ men[ hai) maE>
nahI> jaanataa Yaa ik vah Amaeirka mae> hE_
12. He told me THAT it is not right. (us ne mujh se kaha@, ki yah t>h&k nah&n[ hai) qsanae mauJasae kha,
ik yah #Ik nahI> hE_
13. He said that he would not go. (us ne kaha@ k& vah nah&n ja@yega@) qsanae kha ik vah nahI> jaa]gaa_
[ a@) qsanae kha, ‘maE> nahI> jaaQãgaa_’
14. He said, ‘I will not go.’ (us ne kaha@, ‘main[ nah&n[ ja@u@ng
15. Sit down OR ELSE go. (n&c{e bait>hiye anyatha@ ja@iye) naIcae baEi#] AnyaYaa jaa}]_
16. Give me money, OTHERWISE I am going. (mujhe paise d&jiye varana@ main[ ja@ raha@-rah&
hu@n)[ mauJae paEsae dIija] varnaa maE> jaa rha-rhI hU_ã
17. We are not rich BUT our heart is big. (ham am&r nah&n[ hain[ magar hama@ra@ dil bad<a@ hai) hma
AmaIr nahI> hE>, magar hmaara idLa baDña hE_
18. I told him, BUT he did not stop. (main[ ne us se kaha@, lekin vah nah&n[ ruka@) maEn> ae qsasae kha,
Laeikna vah nahI> wka_
19. He is uneducated, BUT intelligent. (vah anapad<ha hai, par buddhima@n hai) vah Anapa$ñ hE, par
baui&maana` hE_
20. She is trailing, BUT will win. (vah p&c{he hai, parantu j&teg&) vah paICe hE, par>tau jaItaegaI_
21. I have eaten, BUT I am still hungry. (main[ ne kha@na@ kha@ya@ hai, kintu main[ abh& bh& ks<udhit
hu@n)[ maE>nae Saanaa Saayaa hE, ik>tau maE> ABaI BaI xauiZata (BaUSaa) hUã_
22. He has severe pain, YET he is quiet. (us ko ka@f& dukh hai, tatha@pi vah s{a@nta hai) qsakae kafI
du:Sa hE, taYaaipa vah oaa>ta hE_
72
HINDI TEACHER for English Speaking People
23. ALTHOUGH he did not ask, I gave him money. (yadyapi us ne nah&n[ ma@n[ge, tatha@pi main[
ne us ko paise diye) ya^ipa qsanae nahI> maaãgae, taYaaipa maEn> ae qsakae paEsae id]_
24. THOUGH I wanted to, I could not go out. (ha@la@n[ki main[ c{a@hata@ tha@, par main[ ba@har nah&n[ ja@
saka@, sak&) haLaaãik maE> caahtaa Yaa, par maE> baahr nahI> jaa saka_
25. He slept enough, STILL he is tired. (vah ka@f& soya@ fir bh& thaka@ hai) vah kafI saaeyaa ifr BaI
Yaka hE_
26. Notice was given IN ORDER THAT everyone may be aware. (notice diya@ gaya@ tha@, ta@ ki sab
ko pata@ ho) naaei@sa idyaa gayaa Yaa, taaik sabakae pataa hae_
27. AS SOON AS the bell rang, I went inside. (jyon[ h& ghan>t>& baj&, main[ andar gaya@-gay&) jyaae>hI
za>@I bajaI, maE> A>dr gayaa-ga}|_
28. He is walking AS THOUGH he is lame. (vah aise c{al raha@ hai jaise lan[gad<a@ ho) vah ]esae caLa
rha jaEsae LaãgaDña hae_
29. I need ONLY five Rupees. (mujhu kewal pa@nc~ { rupaye c{a@hiye) mauJae k’vaLa paaãca wpa] caaih]_
30. I do not need ONLY money. (mujhe sirf paise h& nahin[ c{a@hiye) mauJae isaf– paEsae hI nahI> caaih]_
31. Something certainly fell down, FOR I heard the noise. (kuc{h to nis{c{it h& n&c{e gira@ hai, kyon[
ki main[ ne a@wa@j sun& hai) kÖC taae inaiocata` hI naIcae igara hE, Kyaae>ik maEn> ae Aavaaja saunaI hE_
32. He sat down BECAUSE he was tired. (vah n&c{e bait>h gaya@ kyon[ ki vah thaka@ tha@) vah naIcae
baE# gayaa Kyaae>ik vah Yaka Yaa_
33. AFTER rain, the sun shone again. (vars<a@ ke ba@d su@raj fir nikal a@ya@) vaPaa| k’ baad saUrja ifr
inakLa Aayaa_
34. WHEN I was young, I used to work very hard. (jab main[ jawa@n tha@-th&, tab bahut ka@m
karata@ tha@ karat& th&) jaba maE> javaana Yaa taba bahuta kama krtaa Yaa (krtaI YaI)_
35. His watch is WHERE he kept it. (us k& ghad<& vah&n[ hai jaha@n[ us ne rakh& th&) qsakI zaDñI vahI>
hE jahaã qsanae rSaI YaI_
36. Let us give charity, WHILE we have money. (jab tak apane pa@s paisa@ hai, ham da@n den[) jaba
tak Apanae paasa paEsaa hE, hma dana de>_
73
HINDI TEACHER for English Speaking People
37. WHENEVER I see him, he is happy. (jab bh& main[ us ko dekhata@ hu@n[, vah khus{a hota@ hai)
jaba BaI maE> qsakae deSataa hUã, vah Sauoa haetaa hE_
38. WHEREVER the rain falls, the water goes to the ocean only. (jaha@n[ kah&n[ bh& vars<a@ hot&
hai, pa@n& sa@gar k& or h& ja@ta@ hai) jahaã khI> BaI vaPaa| haetaI hE, paanaI saagar kI Aaer hI jaataa hE_
39. He said yes, THEREFORE, I went there. (us ne ha@n[ kaha@, is liye main[ vaha@n[ gaya@-gay&)
qsanae haã kha, }saiLa] maE> vahaã gayaa-ga}|_
(1) Yes (ha@n,[ j& ha@n[) haã, jaI haã_ (2) Enough! (bas!) basa_ Thanks (dhanyava@d) Zanyavaad!
(3) Stop! (basa k&jiye!) basa kIija]! (4) Blessings! (muba@rak) maubaark!
(5) Well done! (s{a@ba@s{) oaabaaoa! Excuse me (maaf kIija])!
(6) Be careful! (sa@vadha@n) saavaZaana! (7) So it be! (t>h&k hai) #Ik hE_
(8) Get away (hat>) h@_ Get out of here (hat> ja@) h@ jaa_
(9) Alright! (khair! c{alo!) SaEr! caLaae!
(10) Oh! (dhat! dhat tere k&!, hu@n[!) Zata`, Zata` taere kI_ hUã_
74
HINDI TEACHER for English Speaking People
(1) Yes (j&, j& ha@n[, han[ j&) jaI, jaI haã, haã jaI_
(2) Yes Sir (yes Madam) (han[ j&, j& ha@n[) haã jaI or jaI haã_
(3) No Sir (no Madam) (nah&n[ j&, j& nah&n[) nahI> jaI or jaI nahI>_
(4) Hello Mr. ‡nand (namaskar, namaste! a@nand j&) namaskar-namastae Aana>djaI_
(5) Hello An&ta@! (namaskar, namaste! an&ta@ j&)
namaskar, namastae AnaItaajaI_
(6) Why? (kyon[ j&) Kyaae> jaI?
1. I work here. (I do work here) main[ yaha@n[ ka@m karata@ hu@n[. maE> yahaã kama krtaa hU_ã
2. Only I work here. (nobody else does) yaha@n[ main[ h& ka@m karata@ hu@n[. yahaã maE> hI kama krtaa hUã_
3. I only work here. (I do nothing else here) main[ yaha@n[ ka@m h& karata@ hu@n.[ maE> yahaã kama hI krtaa
hUã_
4. I work here only. (nowhere else) main[ yaha@n[ h& ka@m karata@ hu@n[. maE> yahaã hI kama krtaa hU_ã
NOTE: In stead of the phrase yaha@n[ h& yahaã hI, we can write a single word yah&n[ yahI>_
5. My house is near the temple. (mera@ ghar mandir ke pa@s hai) maera zar ma>idr k’ paasa hE_
6. My house is just near the temple. (mera@ ghar mandir ke pa@s h& hai) maera zar ma>idr k’ paasa hI hE_
1. Only I am. (main[ h& hu@n[) maE> hI hUã_ 2. Only You are. (a@p h& hain[) Aapa hI hE_>
3. Only they are. (ve h& hain[) vae hI hE>_ 4. Only these are. (ye h& hain[) yae hI hE_>
NOTE : When hi hI comes after a pronoun, it may be combined with that pronoun to form an
emphatic phrase.
5. Only he-she is. (vah h& hai, vah& hai) vah hI hE, vahI hE_
6. Only you are. (tum h& ho, tumh& ho) tauma hI hae; taumhI hae_
7. That itself. vah hI_ vahI_
8. This itself. yah hI_ yahI_
9. Here itself. (yaha@n[ h&, yah&n[) yahaã hI; yahI>_
10. Only we are. (ham h& hain[, ham&n[ hain[) hma hI hE>; hmaI> hE_>
75
HINDI TEACHER for English Speaking People
11. Only to me. (mujh ko h&, mujh h& ko, mujh& ko) mauJa kae hI, mauJa hI kae, mauJaI kae_
12. Only to this. (is ko h&, is h& ko, is& ko) }sakae hI, }sa hI kae, }saI kae_
13. Only to these. (in ko h&, in h& ko, inh&n[ ko) }na kae hI, }na hI kae, }nhI> kae_
14. Only to that. (us ko h&, us h& ko, us& ko) qsa kae hI, qsa hI kae, qsaI kae_
15. Only to those. (un ko h&, un h& ko, unh&n[ ko) qna kae hI hE, qna hI kae, qnhI> kae_
16. Only now, now only. (ab h&, abh&) Aba hI, ABaI_
17. Only then, then only. (tab h&, tabh&) taba hI, taBaI_
18. Right here, here only. (yaha@n[ h&, yah&n[) yahaã hI, yahI>_
19. Right there, there only. (vaha@n[ h&, vah&n[) vahaã hI, vahI>_
20. Every one. (sab h&, sabh&) saba hI, saBaI_
21. Ever (kab + h& = kabh&) kba + hI = kBaI_
22. Never (kab + h& + nah&n[ = kabh& nah&n[) kba + hI + nahI> = kBaI nahI>_
23. Somewhere. khaã hI = khI>_
24. Nowhere. khaã hI nahI> = khI> nahI>_
25. All (sab) saba_ Everyone (sabh&) saBaI_
26. Now (ab[) Aba_ Right now (abh&) ABaI_
(1) I (main[) maE_> Me too (main[ bh&) maE> BaI_ We also (ham bh&) hma BaI_ Including you (a@p bh&)
Aapa BaI_ He as well (vah bh&) vah BaI_ As well as she (vah bh&) vah BaI_ And they (ve bh&) vae
BaI_ Whoever, whichever (jo bh&) jaae BaI_
(2) When (jab) jaba_ Whenever (jab bh&, jabh&) jaba BaI, jaBaI_ Then (tab) taba_ Even then (tab bh&,
tabh&) taba BaI, taBaI_
(3) Any (ko&) kae}|_ Anyone (ko& bh&) kae}| BaI_ Nobody (ko& bh& nah&n[) kae}| BaI nahI>_ Anything
(kuc{h bh&) kÖC BaI_
1. Go and give him the money. (ja@ kar us ko paise d&jiye) jaakr qsakaee paEsae dIija]_
2. Do not drive after drinking. (p& kar ga@d<& mat c{ala@iye) paIkr gaaDñI mata caLaa}]_
76
HINDI TEACHER for English Speaking People
3. Seeing the tiger, I got scared. (s{er ko dekh kar main[ dar gaya@) oaer kae deSakr maE> Dr gayaa_
4. I Pray Sarasvat& and then I start my study. (sarasvat& ko pau@ja kar main[ pad<ha@& a@rambha
karata@ hu@n{) sarsvataI kae paUjakr maE pa$ña}| Aar>Ba krtaa hU_ã
5. Drink the milk being seated. (bait>h kar du@dh p&jiye) baE#kr dUZa paIija]_
1. A car. (ga@d<&) gaaDñI_ Car owner. (ga@d<& wa@la@, ga@d<& wa@l&) gaaDñIvaaLaa, gaaDñIvaaLaI_ Car owners. (ga@d<&
wa@le, ga@d<& wa@l&) gaaDñIvaaLae, gaaDñIvaaLaI_
2. A cap or a hat. (t>op&) @aepaI_ Cap-hat bearer. (t>op& wa@la@, t>op& wa@l&) @aepaIvaaLaa, @aepaIvaaLaI_
3. A village. (ga@n[v) gaaãva_ A villager. (ga@va wa@la@) gaaãvavaaLaa, gaaãvavaaLaI_ Villagers (ga@va wa@le)
gaaãvavaaLae_ People from villages. (ga@va wa@le log) gaaãvavaaLae Laaega_
4. A fruit. (fal) fLa_ A fruit seller. (fal wa@la@, fal wa@l&) fLavaaLaa, fLavaaLaI_
5. A house. (ghar) zar_ Home owner, landlord. (ghar wa@la@) zarvaaLaa_ The lady of the house, the
wife, or the landlady. (ghar wa@l&) zarvaaLaI_
1. Near (pa@s) paasa_ The one that is near or the next door person. (pa@s wa@la@, pa@s wa@l&) paasavaaLaa,
paasavaaLaI_
2. Above (u@par) Qpar_ The one that is above, or the Lord. (u@par wa@la@) QparvaaLaa_
3. Below (n&c{e) naIcae_ The one that is below, or the one that is at a lower level. (nic{e wa@la@)
naIcaevaaLaa_
4. In front. (sa@mane) saamanae_ The one that is in front, or facing. (sa@mane wa@la@, sa@mane wa@l&)
saamanaevaaLaa, saamanaevaaLaI_
1. To come. (a@na@) Aanaa_ The one who comes, the one who is going to come or the one who is
about to come. (a@ne wa@la@, a@ne wa@l&) AanaevaaLaa, AanaevaaLaI_
2. To die. (marana@) marnaa_ The one who dies, the one who is going to die or the one who is about
to die. (marane wa@la@, marane wa@l&) marnaevaaLaa, marnaevaaLaI_
77
HINDI TEACHER for English Speaking People
3. To fall. (girana@) igarnaa_ The one who falls, the one who is going to fall or the one who is about
to fall. (girane wa@la@, girane wa@l&) igarnaevaaLaa, igarnaevaaLaI_
4. Six O Clock. (c{hah< baje) Ch bajae_ It is 6 O Clock. (ab c{hah< baje hain[) Aba Ch bajae hE>_ It is
going to be 6 O Clock. It is nearly 6 O Clock. (ab c{hah< bajane wa@le hain[) Aba Ch bajanae vaaLae
hE_>
1. I am a working man. (main[ ka@m karane wa@la@ a@dam& hu@n[, main[ karmac{a@r& hu@n[) maE> kama
krnaevaaLaa AadmaI (kma|caarI) hU_ã
2. He does the work of selling vegetables. (vah sabji wa@la@ hai) vah sabjaIvaaLaa (sabjaI baecanaevaaLaa)
hE_
3. She is coming today, she is going to come today. (vah a@j a@ne wal& hai) vah Aaja AanaevaaLaI hE_
4. I met him who owns the house. (main[ ghar wa@le se mila@-mil&) maE> zarvaaLae sae imaLaa-imaLaI_
5. He is dying. (vah marane wa@la@ hai) vah marnaevaaLaa hE_
6. He is the person who is going to speak-speaker. (vah bolane wa@la@ hai) vah baaeLanaevaaLaa (vaKtaa)
hE_
7. She is the writer. (likhane wa@l& vah hai, vah lekhika@ hai) iLaSanae vaaLaI vah hE_ vah LaeiSaka hE_
8. They are players. (khelane wa@le ve hain[, ve khelane wa@l& hain[) SaeLanaevaaLae vae hE>, vae SaeLanaevaalI
hE_>
1. To touch : The boat touched the shore. (na@v kina@re lag&) naava iknaare LagaI_
2. To be attached : This house is attached to the next one. (yah ghar du@sare ghar se laga@ hai) yah
zar dUsare zar sae Lagaa hE_
3. To be in proximity :
(i) My house is near the garden. (mera@ ghar udya@n se lag kar hai) maera zar q^ana sae Lagakr
(Lagaa) hE_
(ii) Please sit close to each other. (kr<paya@ lag lag kar bait>hiye) ×payaa Laga Lagakr baEi#]_
78
HINDI TEACHER for English Speaking People
4. To be engaged : I am engaged in my business. (main[ apane dhandhe men[ laga@-lag& hu@n[) maE>
Apanae Za>Zae mae> Lagaa-LagaI hUã_
5. To be related : He is my brother. (vah mera@ bha@& lagata@ hai) vah maera Baa}| Lagataa hE_
6. To appear : He appears a complete fool to me. (vah mujhe ekadam pa@gal lagata@ hai) vah mauJae
]kdma paagaLa Lagataa hE_
7. To receive : Now I have received some money. (ab mere ha@th kuc{h paise lage hain[) Aba maere
haYa kÖC paEsae Lagae hE>_
8. To embrace : The child hugged me. (bac{c{a mere gale laga@) baccaa maere gaLae Lagaa_
@ e par laga@) taIr inaoaanae par Lagaa_
9. To hit : The arrow hit the target. (t&r nis{an
10. To hurt : His words hurt me. (us k& ba@t mujhe lag gay&) qsakI baata mauJae Laga ga}|_
11. To feel : I am feeling bad about this thing. (mujhe yah ba@t bur& lag rah& hai) mauJae yah baata baurI
Laga rhI hE_
12. To get used to : I got (did not get) used to being here. (mera@ man yaha@n[ nah&n[ laga@) maera mana
yahaã (nahI>) Lagaa_
13. To start : It was not working before, but now it has started working. (vah pahale ka@m nah&n[
karata@ tha@, magar ab karane laga@ hai) vah pahLae kama nahI> krtaa Yaa, magar Aba krnae Lagaa hE_
@ iye) mauJae caaih]_ 2. I want tea. (mujhe c{ay c{a@hiye) mauJae caaya caaih]_
1. I want. (mujhe c{ah
3. Do you want tea? (kya@ a@pako c{ay c{ah
@ iye?) Kyaa Aapakae caaya caaih]?
4. She would want tea. (use c{ay@ c{a@hiye hog&) qsae caaya caaih] haegaI_
5. What does she want. (use kya@ c{a@hiye?) qsae Kyaa caaih]?
6. I should go. (mujhe ja@na@ c{a@hiye) mauJae jaanaa caaih]_ *
7. I desire success. (mujhe yas{a c{a@hiye) mauJae yaoa caaih]_
(1) I want tea. (main[ c{ay c{ahata@-c{ahat& hu@n)[ maE> caaya caahtaa-caahtaI hUã_
>
(2) Do you want tea? (kya@ a@p c{ay@ c{a@hate hain[?) Kyaa Aapa caaya caahtae hE?
(3) She would want tea. (vah c{ay@ c{a@heg&) vah caaya caahegaI_
79
HINDI TEACHER for English Speaking People
(4) He wanted to come to your house. (us ne a@p ke ghar a@na@ c{a@ha@ tha@) qsanae Aapak’ zar Aanaa caaha
Yaa_
(5) I like you. (main[ a@p ko c{a@hata@-c{a@hat& hu@n)[ maE> Aapakae caahtaa-caahtaI hU_ã
@ ata@) vah taaoa nahI> SaeLanaa caahtaa_
(6) He does not like to play cards. (vah ta@s{a nah&n[ khelana@ c{ah
@ e pa@s ho, main[ nah&n[
1. Whethere (may it be) near or far, I will not come. (c{a@he du@r ho c{ah
a@un
@ g[ a@) caahe dUr hae caahe paasa hae, maE> nahI> AaQãgaa_
@ e c{ek d&jiye c{ah@ e (ya@) nakad d&jiye) caahe caek
2. Either give me cheuqe or give me cash. (c{ah
dIija] caahe (yaa) nakd dIija]_
3. Whatever you say, he will not listen. (a@p c{a@he jo bh& kahiye, vah nah&n[ sunega@) Aapa caahe jaae
BaI kih], vah nahI> saunaegaa_
1. Present Perfect : I have already done it. (main[ yah kar c{uka@-c{uk& hu@n[) maE> yah kr cauka-caukI hUã_
2. Past Perfect : She had already seen it. (vah yah dekh c{uk& th&) vah yah deSa caukI YaI_
3. Future Perfect : He will have already slept by the time you will go there. (jab tak a@p vaha@n[
ja@en[ge-ja@en[g&, tab tak vah so c{uka@ hoga@) jaba tak Aapa vahaã jaa]ãgae-jaa]ãgaI, taba tak vah saae cauka
haegaa_
4. I am already fallen. (main[ gir c{uka@ hu@n,[ main[ gir c{uk& hu@n[) maE> igar cauka hU©, maE> igar caukI hU©_
5. We are already fallen. (ham gir c{uke hain[, ham gir c{uk& hain[) hma igar cauk’ hE>, hma igar caukI hE>_
6. You are already fallen. (a@p gir c{uke hain[, a@p gir c{uk& hain[) Aapa igar cauk’ hE>, Aapa igar caukI> hE>_
7. He has already fallen. (vah gir c{uka@ hai) vah igar cauka hE_
8. She has already fallen. (vah gir c{uk& hai) vah igar caukI hE_
9. They are already fallen. (ve gir c{uke hain[, ve gir c{uk& hain[) vae igar cauk’ hE>, vae igar caukI hE>_
1. I can do it, I am able to do it. (main[ yah kar sakata@-sakat& hu@n[) maE> yah kr saktaa-saktaI hU_ã
2. He could go, he was able to go. (vah ja@ saka@) vah jaa saka_
1. He cried. (vah roya@) vah raeyaa_
2. He cried suddenly. (vah ro pad<a@) vah rae paDña_
80
HINDI TEACHER for English Speaking People
3. She cried. (vah ro&) vah rae}|_
4. She cried suddenly. (vah ro pad<&) vah rae paDñI_
5. The child fell down. (bac{c{a@ gira@) baccaa igara_
6. The child fell down suddenly. (bac{c{a@ gir pad<a@) baccaa igar paDña_
7. The trouble came. (mus&bat a@y&) mausaIbata Aa}|_
8. The trouble came all of a sudden. (mus&bat a@ pad<&) mausaIbata Aa paDñI_
9. She came after me, I got stuck with her. (vah mere p&c{he pad<&, vah mere gale pad< gay&) vah
maere paICe paDñI, vah maere gaLae paDñ ga}|_
10. I walked. (main[ paidal c{ala@) maE> paEdLa caLaa_
11. I had to walk. (mujhe paidal c{alana@ pad<a@) mauJae paEdLa caLanaa paDña_
12. I had to think. (mujhe soc{ana@ pad<a@) mauJae saaecanaa paDña_
13. I was forced to pay. (mujhe paise dene pad<e) mauJae paEsae denae paDñ_e
1. He killed the bird. (us ne pan~c{h& ko ma@ra@) qsanae pa>CI kae maara_
2. Eventually or intentionally, he kill the bird. (us ne pan~c{h& ko ma@r d<al@ a@) qsanae pa>CI kae maar
DaLaa_
3. He (knowingly) broke the window. (us ne khid<aki tod<&, us ne khid<ak& tod< da@l&) qsanae iSaDñkI
taaeDñI_ qsanae iSaDñkI taaeDñ DaLaI_
10. I was fallen (main[ gira@ hua@ tha@, main[ gir& hu& th&) maE> igara huAa Yaa, maE> igarI hu}| YaI_
11. We were fallen (ham gire hue the, ham gir& hu& th&n[) hma igare hu] Yae, hma igarI hu}| YaI>_
12. You were fallen (a@p gire hue the, a@p gir& hu& th&n[) Aapa igare hu] Yae, Aapa igarI hu}| YaI>_
13. He was fallen (vah gira@ hua@ tha@) vah igara huAa Yaa_
14. She was fallen (vah gir& hu& th&) vah igarI hu}| YaI_
15. They were fallen (ve gire hue the, ve gir& hu& th&n[) vae igare hu] Yae, vae igarI hu}| YaI>_
(1) I saw you while you were coming. (main[ ne a@p ko a@te hue dekha@) maEn> ae Aapakae Aatae hu] deSaa_
81
HINDI TEACHER for English Speaking People
(2) I have heard her singing. (main[ ne use ga@te hue suna@ hai) maEn> ae qsae gaatae hu] saunaa hE_
(3) Do not talk while eating. (kha@te hue mat boliye) Saatae hu] mata baaeiLa]_
(4) The child slept while crying. (bac{c{a@ rota@ hua@ so gaya@) baccaa raetaa huAa saae gayaa_ (bac{c{& rot& hu&
so gay&) baccaI raetaI hu}| saae ga}|_
(5) Do not read while driving. (ga@d<& c{ala@te hue mat pad<hiye) gaaDñI caLaatae hu] mata pai$ñ]_
(1) We have no time. (hama@re pa@s samaya nah&n[ hai) hmaare paasa samaya nahI> hE_
(2) I have two books. (mere pa@s do kita@ben[ hain[)
maere paasa dae iktaabae> hE>_
(3) He-she has one car. (us ke pa@s ek ka@r hai) qsak’ paasa ]k gaaDñI hE_
(4) They have no money. (un ke pa@s paisa@ nah&n[ hai) qnak’ paasa paEsaa nahI> hE_
(5) How much money do you have? (a@p ke pa@s kitane paise hain[?) Aapak’ paasa iktanae paEsae hE>?
(1) Come, sit with me! (a@iye! mere pa@s bait>hiye) Aa}]! maere paasa baEi#]_
(2) He passed by us. (vah hama@re pa@s se gujara@) vah hmaare paasa sae gaujara_
(3) My house is near the school. (mera@ ghar vidya@lay ke pa@s hai) maera zar iva^aLaya k’ paasa hE_
(4) She is sitting near them. (vah un ke pa@s bait>h& hai) vah qnak’ paasa baE#I hE_
(11) jaga (jag) The world. jaga Bar (jag bhar) In the whole world.
(12) idna (din) A day. (din bhar)
(13) zar (ghar) A house.
(14) pae@ (pet>) The stomach.
idna Bar The whole day.
zar Bar (ghar bhar) In the whole house.
pae@ Bar (pet> bhar) Belly full.
(15) rata (ra@t) A Night. rata Bar (ra@t bhar) The whole night.
(16) He watches TV whole day (vah din bhar TV dekhata@ hai) vah idna Bar @IvaI deSataa hE_ (vah
din bhar TV dekhata@ rahata@ hai) vah idna Bar @IvaI deSataa rhtaa hE_
(17) I could not sleep all night. (main[ ra@t bhar so nah&n[ saka@-sak&) maE> rata Bar saae nahI> saka-sakI_
(1) Fool (pa@gal) paagaLa_ Like a fool. (pa@gal sa@) paagaLa saa, paagaLa saI, paagaLa sae_
82
HINDI TEACHER for English Speaking People
He appeared like a fool to me. (vah mujhe pa@gal sa@ laga@) vah mauJae paagaLa saa Lagaa_
(2) A little (thod<a@) YaaeDña, YaaeDñI Just a little. (thod<a@ sa@) YaaeDña saa, YaaeDñI saI_
Please, give me some more time. (kr>paya@, mujhe thod<a@ sa@ samay aur d&jiye) ×payaa, mauJae YaaeeDañ
saa samaya AaEr dIija]_
(3) Good (ac{c{ha@) AcCa, AcCI, AcCe_ Good one. (ac{c{ha@ sa@) AcCa saa, AcCI saI, AcCe sae_
Give me one good book. (mujhe ek ac{c{h& s& kita@b d&jiye) mauJae ]k AcCI saI iktaaba dIija]_
Keep some good picture in my room. (kis& ac{c{he se c{itra ko mere kamare men[ rakhiye)
iksaI AcCe sae ica%a kae maere kmare mae> riSa]_
(4) Fat (mot>a@) maae@a, maae@I, maae@e_ A bit fat one. (mot>a@ sa@) maae@a saa, maae@I saI, maa@e sae_
This boy is fat. (yah bac{c{a@ mot>a@ hai) yah baccaa maae@a hE_
He is a bit fat. (vah mot>a@ sa@ hai) vah maae@a saa hE_
(5) Red (la@l) LaaLa_ Reddish (la@l sa@) LaaLa saa_
Black (ka@la@, ka@l&) kaLaa, kaLaI_ Blackish (ka@la@ sa@, ka@l& s&) kaLaa saa, kaLaI saI_
(1) A house (ghar) zar_ Up to the house. (ghar tak) zar tak_
From here up to the house. (yaha@n[ se ghar tak) yahaã sae zar tak_
(2) As far as I am concerned. (jaha@n[ tak mer& ba@t hai), jahaã tak maerI baata hE_
(3) How long will you go? (a@p kaha@n[ tak ja@en[ge?) Aapa khaã tak jaa]ãgae?
I will go as far as you will go. (a@p jaha@n[ tak ja@en[ge vaha@n[ tak main[ ja@u@n[ga@) Aapa jahaã tak
jaa]ãgae vahaã tak maE> jaaQãgaa-jaaQãgaI_
(4) Up to three O Clock. (t&n baje tak) taIna bajae tak_ From four O Clock to five O Clock. (c{ar@
baje se pa@n~c{ baje tak) caar bajae sae paaãca bajae tak_
Up to the morning. (savere tak) savaere tak_
(5) I will fly from London up to Delh& and then I will travel by train up to Mumba& via Jaipur.
(main[ London se Dill& tak hawa@& jaha@j se ja@un
@ [ga@ aur fir Jaipur hota@ hua@, Mumba& tak rel ga@d&>
se safar karu@n[ga@) maE> La>dna sae idLLaI tak hvaa}| jahaja sae jaaQãgaa AaEr ifr jayapaur haetaa huAa mau>ba}|
tak reLagaaDñI sae safr kWãgaa_
83
HINDI TEACHER for English Speaking People
(6) Up to what distance? (kaha@n[ tak?) khaã tak? Up to there. (vaha@n[ tak) vahaã tak_
(1) He did not come here. (vah yaha@n[ nah&n[ a@ya@) vah yahaã nahI> Aayaa_
At least he did not come here. (vah to yaha@n[ nah&n[ a@ya@) vah taae yahaã nahI> Aayaa_
He did not come at least here. (vah yaha@n[ to nah&n[ a@ya@) vah yahaã taae nahI> Aayaa_
(2) What happened? (kya@ hua@?) Kyaa huAa? So, what happened? (to, kya@ hua@?) taae, Kyaa huAa?
So, what happened then? So, what is the difference.
So, how much does it matter? (to fir kya@ hua@?) taae ifr Kyaa huAa?
(3) Okay, take it. (t>h&k hai, l&jiye) #Ik hE, LaIija]_
If it is Okay, then take it! (t>h&k hai to l&jiye) #Ik hE, taae LaIija]!
Okay then, take it. (to fir t>h&k hai, l&jiye) taae ifr #Ik hE, LaIija]_
(4) Tell me. (mujhe kahiye) mauJae kih]_ Just tell me. (mujhe kahiye to) mauJae kih] taae_
At least tell me. (mujhe to kahiye) mauJae taae kih]_ (5) Give me. (mujhe d&jiye) mauJae dIija]_
I will go. (main[ ja@u@n[ga@-ja@u@n[g&) maE> jaaQãgaa-jaaQãgaI_
Give me, or else I will leave. (mujhe d&jiye, nah&n[ to main[ c{ala ja@u@n[ga@) mauJae dIija], nahI> taae maE>
caLaa jaaQãgaa (caLaI jaaQãgaI)_
(6) They were saying, this is very easy. (ve kah rahe the ki yah bahut a@sa@n hai) vae kh rhe Yae ik
yah bahuta Aasaana hE_
They were saying, this one is very easy. (ve kah rahe the ki yah to bahut a@sa@n hai) vae kh rhe
Yae ik yah taae bahuta Aasaana hE_
On the other hand, they were saying, this is very easy. (ve to kah rahe the ki yah bahut a@sa@n
hai) vae taae kh rhe Yae ik yah bahuta Aasaana hE_
(i) mauJae krnae dIija] muze yah karane d&jiye = let me do.
(ii) saaeinayaa kae yah krnae dIija] Soniya@ ko yah karane d&jiye = let Soniya do it.
(1) (|jaa - go) Let me go. (mujhe ja@ne d&jiye) mauJae jaanae dIija]_
84
HINDI TEACHER for English Speaking People
(2) Let him go home now. (use ab ghar ja@ne d&jiye) qsae Aba zar jaanae dIija]_
(3) (|hae = happen) Let it happen. (yah hone d&jiye) haenae dIija]_
(4) (|paI - drink) Let the dog drink water. (kutte ko pa@n& p&@ne d&jiye) kÖTae kae paanaI paInae dIija]_
(5) (|saae - sleep) Let the child sleep up to 8 O clock. (bac{c{e ko a@t>h baje tak sone d&jiye) baccae kae
Aa# bajae tak saaenae dIija]_
(6) (|Lae - take) Let him not take money from here. (use yaha@n[ se paise mat lene d&jiye) qsae yahaã
sae paEsae mata Laenae dIija]_
(7) (|rh - stay) If he wants let him stay here. (yadi vah c{a@hata@ hai to use yahan[ rahane d&jiye)
yaid vah caahtaa hE taae qsae yahaã rhnae dIija]_
1. Here yaha@n[ yahaã_ There vaha@n[ vahaã_
2. At his place, at his house. (us ke yaha@n[ qsak’ yahaã_
3. At my place, at my house (mere yaha@n[) maere yahaã_
4. Please come to my place, please come to my home. (mere yaha@n[ a@iye) maere yahaã Aa}]_
5. They do not have a dog. (at their place) (un ke yaha@n[ kutta@ nah&n[ hai) qnak’ yahaã kÖTaa nahI>
hE_
6. Do you have a cat? (kya@ a@p ke yaha@n[ bill& hai?) Kyaa Aapak’ yahaã ibaLLaI hE?
7. No one eats meat in their house. (un ke yaha@n[ ko& bh& ma@n[s nah&n[ khata@ hai) qnak’ yahaã kae}|
BaI maa>sa nahI> Saataa hE_
(1) I am eating my (own) food. (main[ apana@ kha@na@ kha@ raha@ hu@n[) maE> Apanaa Saanaa Saa rha hUã_
(2) We are reading our (own) books. (ham apan& kita@ben[ pad<h rahe hain[) hma ApanaI iktaabae> pa$ñ
rhe hE>_
(3) You are writing with your (own) pen. (a@p apan& kalam se likh rahe hain[) Aapa ApanaI kLama
sae iLaSa rhe hE>_
(4) He is going to his (own) home. (vah apane ghar ja@ raha@ hai) vah Apanae zar jaa rha hE_
(5) She is coming from her (own) home. (vah apane ghar se a@ rah& hai) vah Apanae zar sae Aa rhI
hE_
85
HINDI TEACHER for English Speaking People
(6) They (ladies) are going in their (own) cars. (ve apan& ga@d<iyon[ men[ ja@ rah& hain[) vae ApanaI
gaaiDñyaae> mae> jaa rhI hE>_
(7) Ra@m sat on his (own) chair. (Ra@m apan& kuras& par bait>ha@) rama ApanaI kÖrsaI par baE#a_
(8) S&ta@ sat on her (own) chair. (S&ta@ apan& kuras& par bait>h&) saItaa ApanaI kÖrsaI par baE#I_
(9) Ra@m and S&ta@ sat on their (own) chairs. (Ra@m aur S&ta@ apan& kurasiyaon[ par bait>he) rama
AaEr saItaa ApanaI kÖrisayaae> par baE#e_
(10) All sat on their (own) chairs. (Sab apan& kurasiyon[ par bait>he) saba ApanaI kÖrisayaae> par
baE#e_
(11) Everyone sat on his-her (own) chair. (har a@dm& apan& kuras& par bait>ha@) hr AadmaI ApanaI
kÖrsaI par baE#a_ (har aurat apan& kuras& par bait>h&) hr AaErta ApanaI kÖrsaI par baE#I_
(12) Each one of them sat on his-her (own) chair. (har a@dam& apan&-apan& kuras& par bait>ha@)
hr AadmaI ApanaI-ApanaI kÖrsaI par baE#a_
(13) Each woman sat on her (own) chair. (har aurat apan&-apan& kuras& par bait>h&) hr AaErta
ApanaI-ApanaI kÖrsaI par baE#I_
(1) I saw it myself. (main[ ne yah apane a@p dekha@) maE>nae yah Apanae Aapa deSaa_
(2) We wrote it ourselves. (ham ne yah apane a@p likha@) hmanae yah Apanae Aapa iLaSaa_
(3) You learned it yourself. (a@pne yah apane a@p s&kha@) Aapanae yah Apanae Aapa saISaa_
(4) He kept it himself. (us ne yah apane a@p rakha@) qsanae yah Apanae Aapa rSaa_
(5) She tasted it herself. (usne yah apane a@p c{akha@) qsanae yah Apanae Aapa caSaa_
(6) They saw it themselves. (unhon[ ne yah apane a@p dekha@) qnhaen> ae yah Apanae Aapa deSaa_
(7) It appeared to them itself. (unako yah apane a@p dikha@) qnakae yah Apanae Aapa idSaa_
(1) Kyaa_ (kya@) What? Aapak’ paasa Kyaa hE? What do you have? (a@p ke pa@s kya@ hai?) Aapak’ paasa
Kyaa-Kyaa hE? What things do you have? What specific things do have? (a@p ke pa@s kya@-kya@
hai?)
86
HINDI TEACHER for English Speaking People
(2) kaEna? (kaun?) Who? vahaã kaEna hE? (vaha@n[ kaun hai?) Who is there? vahaã kaEna-kaEna hE? (vaha@n[
kaun-kaun hai?) Who are the people there?
(1) baDña (bad<a@) big. baDña zar (bad<a@ ghar) a big house.
houses.
baDñe-baDñe zar (bad<e-bad<e ghar) the big
baDñI-baDñI saDñk’> (bad<&-bad<& sad<aken[) the big roads.
(2) Cae@a (c{hot>a@) small. Cae@a baccaa (c{hot>a@ bac{c{a@) small kid. Cae@e-Cae@e baccae (c{hot>e-c{hot>e bac{c{e) the
small children. Cae@I-Cae@I baatae>_ (c{hot>&-c{hot>& ba@ten[) the small matters.
(3) ]k (ek) One. ]k paEsaa (ek paisa@) One cent . ]k-]k paEsaa jaaeDñkr hmanae yah makana banavaayaa hE
(ek-ek paisa@ jod< kar hamane yah maka@n banava@ya@ hai) by saving each paisa@ (cent) we built
this house.
(1) khaã? (kaha@n[) Where? ih>dI iktaabae> khaã imaLataI hE>? (Hind& kita@ben[ kaha@n[ milat& hain[) Where
can you buy Hind& books? ih>dI iktaabae> khaã-khaã imaLataI hE>? (Hind& kita@ben[ kaha@n[-kaha@n[ milat&
hain[) How many places can you buy Hind& books?
(2) ZaIre (dh&re) Slowly. vah ZaIre caLataa hE (vah dh&re c{alata@ hai) He walks slowly.
ZaIre-ZaIre qsakae AKLa Aa}|_ (dh&re-dh&re us ko akla a@y&) Slowly by slowly he came to his
senses.
(3) ALaga (alag) Separate. qnakae ALaga kIija]_ (un ko alag k&jiye) Separate them.
qnakae ALaga-ALaga kIija]_ (un ko alag-alag k&jiye) Separate each of them, sort them out.
(1) Ra@m writes addresses on the letters. (Ra@m chit>t>hiyon[ par pate likhata@ hai) |likh rama
icai¤yaae> par patae iLaSataa hE_
(2) The ants are walking from this leaf to that leaf. (c{&n[t>iya@n[ is patte se us patte tak c{al rah&
hain[) |c{al caI>i@yaaã }sa paTae sae qsa paTae tak caLa rhI hE>_
(3) She ate an apple in the room. (us ne kamare men[ seb kha@ya@) |kha@ qsanae kmare mae> saeba Saayaa_
(4) We shot an arrow, we drove his car today. (ham ne t&r c{ala@ya@, ham ne a@j us k& ga@d<&
c{ala@y&) |c{ala@ hmanae taIr caLaayaa_ hmanae Aaja qsakI gaaDñI caLaa}|_
(5) R&ta@ will throw the ball and the dog will run. (R&ta@ gend fen[keg& aur kutta@ bha@gega@) |fen[k,
|bha@g rItaa gae>d f’>k’gaI AaEr kÖTaa Baagaegaa_
87
HINDI TEACHER for English Speaking People
(6) Vis[a@l will bring three bananas. (Vis{a@l t&n kele la@yega@) |la@ ivaoaaLa taIna k’Lae Laa]gaa_
(7) Ra@n& was cutting the green vegetables. (Ran& har& sabjiya@n[ ka@t> rah& th&) |ka@t> ranaI hrI
saibjayaaã ka@ rhI YaI_
(8) The bear runs. (bha@lu@ bha@gata@ hai) |bha@g BaaLaU Baagataa hE_
(9) They fixed the bed. (unhon[ ne bistar t>h&k kiya@[) |t>h&k kar qnhae>nae ibastar #Ik ikyaa_
(10) He will keep my cat in his house. (vah mer& bill& apane ghar men[ rakhega@) |rakh vah maerI
ibaLLaI Apanae zar mae> rSaegaa_
(11) Does this bird fly? (kya@ yah pan~c{h& ud<ata@ hai?) |ud< Kyaa yah pa>CI qDñtaa hE?
(12) Can the blacksmith work at night? (kya@ luha@r ra@t men[ ka@m kar sakata@ hai) |ka@m kar,
|sak Kyaa Lauhar rata mae> kama kr saktaa hE?
(13) Gopa@l had washed this blanket yesterday. (Gopa@l ne yah kambal kal dhoya@ tha@) |dho
gaaepaaLa nae yah käbaLa kLa Zaaeyaa Yaa_
(14) Gopa@l washed that blanket yesterday. (Gopa@l ne vah kambal kal dhoya@) |dho gaaepaaLa nae
vah käbaLa kLa Zaaeyaa_
Gopa@l will have washed a blanket tomorrow. Gopa@l ne ek kambal kal dhoya@ hoga) |dho
gaaepaaLa nae ]k käbaLa kLa Zaaeyaa haegaa_
(15) Arvind should hold this box. (Arvind yah d<ibba@ pakad<e. Arvind ko yah d<ibba@ pakad<na@
cha@hiye) |pakad< Ariva>d yah iDbbaa pakDñe_ Ariva>d kae yah iDbbaa pakDñnaa caaih]_
(16) A branch fell from the tree on the grass. (ped< k& ek s{a@kha@ gha@s par gir&) |gir paeDñ kI ]k
oaaSaa zaasa par igarI_
(17) May my brother-in-law arrive on time! (mera@ sa@la@-dewar samay par ghar a@ye) |a@ maera
saaLaa-devar samaya par zar Aa]_
I hope my brother-in-law arrives home on time. (main[ as{a@ karata@ hu@n[ ki mera@ sa@la@-dewar
samay par ghar a@ye) |a@s{a@ kar, |a@ maE> Aaoaa krtaa hUã ik maera saaLaa-devar samaya par zar Aa]_
(18) This medicine hurts more than the other one. (yah dawa@ us dawa& se adhik dukha@t& hai)
|dukha@ yah dvaa qsa dvaa sae AiZak duSaataI hE_
88
HINDI TEACHER for English Speaking People
(19) When do you read a book. (a@p kita@b-pustak kab pad<hate hain[?) |pad<h Aapa iktaaba-paustak
kba pa$ñtae hE>?
(20) The bow will breake if you use it like this. (yadi a@p is tarah se is ka@ prayog karen[ge to
dhanus<ya t>u@t>ega@) |t>u@t>, |prayog kar yaid Aapa }sa tarh sae }saka paRyaaega kre>gae taae ZanauPya @U@egaa_
(21) The boys should play. (lad<akon[ ko khelana@ c{a@hiye) |khel LaDñkae> kae SaeLanaa caaih]_
(22) S&ta@ cooks for us. (S&ta@ hama@re liye rot>& paka@t& hai) |paka@ saItaa hmaare iLa] rae@I pakataI hE_
(23) They buy breakfast only for us. (ve hama@re liye hi na@s{ta@ khar&date hain[) |khar&d vae hmaare
iLa] hI naaotaa SarIdtae hE>_
(24) Jim arranges the bricks with the stons. (Jim pattharon[ ke sa@th &n[t>en[ rac{ata@ hai) |rac{ ijama
patYarae> k’ saaYa }|>@e> rcataa hE_
(25) The bride became happy having seen him. (us ko dekh kar dulhan prasanna hu&) |dekh,
|prasanna ho qsakae deSakr duLhna paRsa² hu}|_
(26) Meena@ hangs broom near the window. (Meena@ khid>ak& ke pas jha@d<u@ lat>ka@t& t>a@nagat& hai)
|lat>ka@, |t>a@n[g maInaa iSaDñkI k’ paasa JaaDñU La@kataI, @aãgataI hE_
(27) Brother is afraid of dogs. (bha@&-bhaiya@ kutte se d<arata@ hai) |d<ar Baa}|-BaEyaa kÖTae sae Drtaa hE_
(28) Soniya@ picks up the bucket full of water. (Sonia pa@n& se bhar& hu& ba@lt>& ut>ha@t& hai) |bhar,
|ut>ha@ saaeinayaa paanaI sae BarI hu}| baaL@I q#ataI hE_
(29) All bugs do not bite, but these red ones will bite you. (sabh& k&d<e nah&n[ ka@t>ate, lekin-
magar ye la@l wa@le a@p ko ka@t>en[ge) |ka@t> saBaI kIDñe nahI> ka@tae, Laeikna-magar yae LaaLavaale Aapakae
ka@e>gae_
(30) Ramesh wants to see the building. (Ramesh ima@rat dekhana@ c{a@hata@ hai) |dekh, |c{a@h rmaeoa
}maarta deSanaa cahtaa hE_
(31) Ra@dha@ has already made the butter. (Ra@dha@ makkhan bana@ chuk& hai) |bana@ raZaa maKSana
banaa caukI hE_ Ra@dha@ has made the butter. (Ra@dha@ ne makkhan bana@ya@ hai) raZaa nae maKSana
banaayaa hE_
(32) I saw Ra@ja@ taking the cabbage. (main[ Ra@ja@ ko patta@gobh& lete hue dekha@) |le, |dekh maE>nae
rajaa kae paTaagaaeBaI Laetae hu] deSaa_
89
HINDI TEACHER for English Speaking People
(33) The camel has already drank water. (u@n[t> pa@n& p& c{uka@ hai) |p& Qã@ paanaI paI cauka hE_
(34) Ma@la@ was sewing a cap for R&tu. (Ma@la@ R&tu ke liye t>op& s& rah& th&) |s& maaLaa rItau k’ iLa]
@aepaI saI rhI YaI_
(35) Do not drive that car. (vah ga@d<& mat c{ala@iye) |c{ala@ vah gaaDñI mata caLaa}]_
(36) John cuts hair and then dyes them. (John ba@lon[ ko ka@t>ata@ hai aur fir un ko ran[ga@ta@ hai)
|ran[ga@ jaaâna baaLaae> kae ka@taa hE AaEr ifr qnakae rãgaataa hE_ (John ba@lon[ ko ka@t> kar un ko
ran[ga@ta@ hai) jaaâna baaLaae> kae ka@kr qnakae rãgaataa hE_
(37) Rekha@ washes and then slices four carrots. (Rekha@ dho kar c{a@r ga@jar c{&rat& hai) |dho,
|c{&r reSaa Zaaekr caar gaajar caIertaI hE_
(38) The cat walks like a tiger. (bill& s{er ki tarah c{a@lat& hai) |c{al ibaLLaI oaer kI tarh caLataI hE_
(39) Sun&ta@ covers the cauliflower while cooking. (Sun&ta@ paka@t& hu& fu@lgobh& ko d<hakat& hai)
|d<hak saunaItaa pakataI hu}| f”LagaaeBaIe kae $ktaI hE_
(40) Aj&t takes three chairs from the room. (Aj&t kamare se t&n kurasiya@n[ leta@ hai) |le ja@ AjaIta
kmare sae taIna kÖrisayaaã Laetaa hE_
(41) We will get a chance after you. (a@p ke ba@d ham mauka@ pa@en[ge) |pa@ Aapak’ baad hma maaEka
paa]ãgae_
(42) The cheetah will die in the cold. (c{&ta@ t>hand< men[ marega@) |mar caItaa #>D mae> maregaa_
The cheetah will kill the dog. (c{&ta@ kutte ko ma@rega@) |ma@r caItaa kÖTae kae maaregaa_
(43) Child takes a bath with hot water. (bac{c{a@-ba@lak garam pa@n& se naha@ta@ hai) |naha@ baccaabaaLak garma paanaI sae nahataa hE_
(44) People worship. (log pu@ja@ karate hain[) |pu@ja@ kar Laaega paUjaa krtae hE>_
(45) Ashok wants to fly an airplane. (As{ok hawa@& jaha@j ud<a@na@ c{a@hata@ hai) |c{a@ha Aoaaek hvaa}|
jahaja qDñanaa caahtaa hE_
(46) It is now ten O clock in the watch. (ghad<& men[ abh& das baje hain[) |baj zaDñI mae> ABaI dsa
bajae hE>_
(47) The cloth dries in the sun. (kapad<a@ dhu@p men[ su@khata@ hai) |su@kh kpaDña ZaUpa mae> saUSataa hE_
90
HINDI TEACHER for English Speaking People
People dry their chothes in the sun. (log apane kapad<e dhu@p men[ sukha@te hain[) |sukha@
Laaega Apanae kpaDñe ZaUpa mae> sauSaatae hE>_
(48) One will sure die if the cobra bites. (na@g yadi kis& ko ka@t>e to vah mar ja@ega@) |ka@t> yaid naaga
iksaI kae ka@e taae vah mar jaa]gaa_
(48) The cocks and hens were eating rice. (murage aur muragiya@n[ c{a@wal kha@ rahe the) |kha@
maurgae AaEr maurigayaaã caavaLa Saa rhe Yae_
(49) Neil is cutting the coconut for pu@ja@. (Neil pu@ja@ ke liye na@riyal ka@t< raha@ hai) |ka@t> naILa paUjaa
k’ iLa] naairyaLa ka@ rha hE_
(50) It is very cold in Canada. (Canad<a men[ bahut sard& hot& hai) |ho knaaDa mae> bahuta sadI| haetaI
hE_
(51) The cow gives us milk. (ga@y hamen[ du@dh det& hai) |de gaaya hmae> dUZa detaI hE_
(52) The butterfly does not fly as the crow flies. (jaise kaua@ ud<ata@ hai vaise tital& nah&n[ ud<at&)
|ud< jaEsae kaEAa qDñtaa hE, vaEsae itataLaI nahI> qDñtaI_
(53) The cuckoo sings a nice song. (koyal sundar sa@ ga@na@ ga@t& hai) |ga@ kaeyaLa sau>dr saa gaanaa
gaataI hE_
(54) With other vegetables, they sell cucumbers also in the market. (ve ba@ja@r men[ sabjiyon[ ke
sa@th kh&re bh& bec{ate hain[) |bec{ vae baajaar mae> saibjayaae> k’ saaYa SaIre BaI baecatae hE>_
(55) R&na@ makes a potato curry. (R&na@ a@lu@ k& sabj& bana@t& hai) |bana@ rInaa AaLaU kI sabjaI banaataI
hE_
(56) He had counted days in the jail. (us ne kaid men[ din gine the) |gin qsanae k“d mae> idna iganae
Yae_
(57) The deer dances in the rains. (harin< barasa@t men[ na@c{ata@ hai) |na@c{ hirNa barsaata mae> naacataa
hE_
(58) I buy diamonds from Paris and then bring them to Delhi. (main[ Paris se h&re khar&d kar
Dill& la@ta@ hu@n[) |khar&d maE> paeirsa sae hIre SarId kr idLLaI Laataa hUã_
(59) She keeps the book open. (vah kita@b khul& rakhat& hai) |rakh vah iktaaba SauLaI rSataI hE_
(60) The dogs fight in the street. (kutte sad<ak par lad<ate hain[) |lad< kÖTae saDñk par LaDñtae hE>_
91
HINDI TEACHER for English Speaking People
(61) The donkey was pulling the cart. (gadha@ ga@d<& kh&n~c{ raha@ tha@) |kh&n~c{ gaZaa gaaDñI SaI>ca rha
Yaa_
(62) The door opens on time. (darawa@ja@ samay par khulata@ hai) |khul drvaajaa samaya par SauLataa
hE_
He opens the door at nine O clock daily. (vah roj nau baje darawa@ja@ kholata@ hai) |khol vah
raeja naaE bajae drvaajaa SaaeLataa hE_
(63) The ducks lay eggs like hens. (batakh muragiyon[ ki tarah an<d<e det& hain[) |de bataSa
maurigayaae> kI tarh A>De detaI hE>_
(64) Sometimes the earth shakes too. (kabh&-kabh& jam&n hilat& bh& hai) |hil kBaI-kBaI jamaIna
ihLataI BaI hE_
Sometimes she moves the fan, sometimes she does not. (kbh& vah pan[kha@ hila@t& hai, kabh&
nah&n[) |hila@ kBaI vah pa>Saa ihLaataI hE, kBaI nahI>_
(65) Ran&ta@ never wastes electricity. (Ran&ta@ kabh& bh& bijal& baraba@d nah&n[ karat&) |khara@b
kar rnaItaa kBaI BaI ibajaLaI barbaad nahI> krtaI_
(66) The elephant picks up wood easily. (ha@th& lakad<& a@sa@n& se ut>ha@ta@ hai) |ut>ha@ haYaI AasaanaI
sae LakDñI q#ataa hE_
(67) This is the end of this road. (yah is ra@ste ka@ anta hai) |ho yah }sa rastae ka A>ta hE_
(68) Mon&ka@ sends money to S&ma@ in an envelope. (Monika@ s&ma@ ko lifa@fe men[ paise bhejat&
hai) |bhej maaeinaka saImaa kae iLafaf’ mae> paEsae BaejataI hE_
(69) M&na@ will write the examination tomorrow with R&tu. (M&na@ R&tu ke sa@th kal par&ks<a@
deg&-likheg&) |de, |likh maInaa rItau k’ saaYa kLa parIxaa degaI-iLaSaegaI_
(70) The child closes an eye and then opens the other. (ba@lak ek a@n[kh band kar ke du@sar&
kholata@ hai) |band kar, |khol baaLak ]k AaãSa ba>d krk’ dUsarI SaaeLataa hE_
(71) When does your father wear eyeglasses? (a@p ke pita@ j& c{as{ma@ kab pahanate hain[?) |pahan
Aapak’ ipataajaI caomaa kba pahnatae hE>?
(72) When is the Diwa@l&? (Diwa@l& kab hai) |ho idvaaLaI kba hE?
92
HINDI TEACHER for English Speaking People
(73) He will be placing his books on the table at ten O clock. (vah das baje apani kita@ben[ mej
par rakh raha@ hoga) |rakh vah dsa bajae ApanaI iktaabae> maeja par rSa rha haegaa_
(74) The fire had already burnt the house. (a@g ghar ko jala@ c{uk& th&) |jala@ Aaga zar kae jaLaa
caukI YaI_
(75) The fish hides under a rock in the water. (mac{hal& pa@n& men[ patthar ke n&c{e c{hupat& hai)
|c{hup maCLaI paanaI mae> patYar k’ naIcae CupataI hE_
(76) The flag moves with the wind. (jhan<d<a@ hava@ se hilata@ hai) |hil Ja>Da hvaa sae ihLataa hE_
(77) Tu@lika@ was smelling the rose flowers. (Tu@lika@ gula@b ke fu@l su@n[gh rah& th&) |su@n[gh taUiLaka
gauLaaba k’ f”La saUãza rhI YaI_
(78) D&pak will be cooking food at seven O clock. (D&pak sa@t baje kha@na@ paka@ raha@ hoga@)
|paka@ dIpak saata bajae Saanaa paka rha haegaa_
(79) Please do not call Bill a fool. (Bill ko bewaku@f mat kahiye) |kah ibaLa kae baevak”f mata
kih]_
(80) Can the fox jump from this rock? (kya@ lomad<& is patthar se ku@d sakat& hai) |ku@d Kyaa
LaaemaDñI }sa patYar sae k”d saktaI hE? (lomad<& is patthar se ku@d sakat& hai kya@?) |ku@d LaaemaDñI }sa
patYar sae k”d saktaI hE Kyaa?
(81) Seeing this the friend laughs. (is ko dekh kar dost han[sta@ hai) |han[s }sakae deSakr daesta
hãsataa hE_
(82) A frog lives in the water and on the ground also. (men<d<hak pa@n& men[ aur jam&n par bh&
j&ta@ hai) |j& mae>$k paanaI mae> AaEr jamaIna par BaI jaItaa hE_
(83) A fruit falls from the tree with the wind. (fal ped< se hava@ se girata@ hai) |gir fLa paeDñ sae
hvaa sae igartaa hE_
(84) N&na@ has bought a frying pan to fry samosa@/. (N&na@ ne samose talane ke liye kad<a@h&
khar&d& hai) |khar&d naInaa nae samaaesae taLanae k’ iLa] kDñahI SarIdI hE_
(85) The gate opens when he comes. (jab vah a@ta@ hai tab fa@t>ak khulata@ hai) |khul jaba vah
Aataa hE taba fa@k SauLataa hE_
93
HINDI TEACHER for English Speaking People
Sun&l opens the gate for others. (Sun&l du@saron[ ke liye fa@t>ak kholata@ hai) |khul saunaILa dUsarae>
k’ iLa] fa@k SaaeLataa hE_
(86) The girl will weep. (lad<ak& roeg&) |ro LaDñkI rae]gaI_
(87) The goats sit. (bakariya@n[ bait>hat& hain[) |bait>h bakiryaaã baE#taI hE>_
(88) God is where you are. (jaha@n[ a@p hain[ vaha@n[ bhagawa@n hai) |ho jahaã Aapa hE> vahaã Bagavaana‘
hE_
(89) The granddaughter sleeps with the grandmother. (pot& da@d& ma@n[ ke sa@th sot& hai) |so
paaetaI dadI maaã k’ saaYa saaetaI hE_
(90) The grapes are ripe. (an[gu@r pake hain[) |pak A>gaUr pak’ hE>_
(91) When the grass grows we have to cut it. (jab gha@s bad<hat& hai tab hamen[ ka@t>an& pad<at&
hai) |bad<h, |ka@t> jaba zaasa ba$ñtaI hE taba hmae> ka@naI paDñtaI hE_
(92) The groom asks the bride. (du@lha@ dulhan se pu@c{hata@ hai) |pu@c{h dULha duLhna sae paUCtaa hE_
(93) Bob has dug the ground. (jam&n Bob ne khod& hai) |khod jamaIna baaâba nae SaaedI hE_
(94) The girls eat ripe guavas. (lad<akiya@n[ pake amaru@d kaha@t& hain) |kha@[ LaDñikyaaã pak’ AmaWd
SaataI hE>_
(95) The guests will enter through that door. (mehama@n us darva@je se pravesh karen[ge)
|pravesh kar maehmaana qsa drvaajae sae paRvaeoa kre>gae_
(96) The hair grow very fast. (ba@l bahut jald& bad<hate hain[) |bad<h baaLa bahuta jaLdI ba$ñtae hE>_
(97) The hands protect the body. (ha@th s{ar&r k& raks<a@ karate hain[) |raks<a@ kar haYa oarIr kI rxaa
krtae hE>_
(98) When the fox comes, the hare hides. (jab lomad<& a@t& hai tab kharagos{ c{hupata@ hai) |a@,
|c{hup jaba LaaemaDñI AataI hE taba Sargaaeoa Cupataa hE_
(99) Rola@ does not sell hats she buys cats. (Rola@ t>opiya@n[ nah&n[ bec{at& hai, vah billiya@n[
khar&dat& hai) |bec{ raeLaa @aeipayaaã nahI> baecataI hE, vah ibaiLLayaaã SarIdtaI hE_
(100) Tara thinks that it will snow today. (Tara soc{at& hai ki a@j barf gireg&) |soc{ taara saaecataI hE
ik Aaja baf| igaregaI_
94
HINDI TEACHER for English Speaking People
(101) When he saw them his heart started pumping faster. (jab us ne un ko dekha tab us ka dil
jor se dhad<akane laga) |dhad<ak jaba qsanae qnakae deSaa taba qsaka idLa jaaer sae ZaDñknae Lagaa_
(102) The heat rises from the month of march. (March mah&ne se garam& bad<hat& hai) |bad<h
maaca| mahInae sae garmaI ba$ñtaI hE_
(103) I wanted your help yesterday. (mujhe kal a@p k& madad c{a@hiye th&) |c{a@h mauJae kLa AapakI
madd caaih] YaI_
I would need your help tomorrow. (mujhe kal a@p k& madad c{a@hiye hog&) |c{a@h mauJae kLa
AapakI madd caaih] haegaI_
(104) Like you, everyone likes honesty. (a@p k& tarah sabh& &ma@nada@r& c{a@hate hain[) |c{a@h Aapa
kI tarh saBaI }|maanadarI caahtae hE>_
(105) The bees bring honey from flowers. (madhumakkhiya@n[ fu@lon[ se s{ahad la@t&n[ hain[)[ |bana@
maZaumaiKSayaaã f”Laae> sae oahd LaataI hE>_
(106) He will receive honour. (us ko ma@na milega) |mil qsakae maana imaLaegaa_
(107) Whose is this black horse? (yah ka@la@ ghod<a@ kis ka@ hai) |ho yah kaLaa zaaeDña iksaka hE_
(108) Ra@ja@ won a house. (Ra@ja@ ne maka@n j&ta@) |j&t rajaa nae makana jaItaa_
(109) The ice melts and becomes water. (barf pighalat& hai aur pa@n& banata@ hai, barf pighal
kar pa@n& banat& hai) |pighal, |ban baf| ipazaLataI hE AaEr paanaI banataa hE_ baf| ipazaLakr paanaI
banataI hE_
(110) Teya@ forgot to bring the keys. (Teya@ c{a@biya@n[ la@na@ bhu@l gay&) |la@, |bhu@l taeyaa caaibayaaã Laanaa
BaULa ga}|_
(110) He is the king of Nepa@l. (vah Nepa@l ka@ ra@ja@ hai) |ho vah naepaaLa ka rajaa hE_
(111) N&ta@ cleans the kitchen every Sunday. (N&ta@ har raviva@r ko raso& sa@f karat& hai) |saf kar
naItaa hr rivavaar kae rsaae}| saaf krtaI hE_
(112) People cut vegetables with knife. (log c{a@ku@ se sabjiya@n[ ka@t>ate hain[) |ka@t> Laaega caak” sae
saibjayaaã ka@tae hE>_
(113) The lamp burns in the temple. (mandir men[ d&ya@ jalata@ hai) |jal ma>idr mae> dIyaa jaLataa hE_
(114) Now we can speak Hind& language. (ab ham Hind& bha@s<a@ bol sakate hain[) |bol, |sak Aba
hma ih>dI BaaPaa baaeLa saktae hE>_
95
HINDI TEACHER for English Speaking People
(115) In November they will make new law. (ve Navamber men[ naya@ ka@nu@n bana@en[ge) |bana@
vae nava>bar mae> nayaa kanaUna banaa]ãgae_
(116) Veen<@a and Ma@ra@ are going to become lawyers. (Veen<a@ aur Ma@ra@ vak&l banane wa@l&
hain[) |ban vaINaa AaEr maara vakILa bananaevaaLaI hE>_
(117) The leaves will fall from the tree. (ped< se patte giren[ge) |gir paeDñ sae paTae igare>gae_
(118) Laura@ has opened a barber shop. (lora@ ne na@& k& duka@n khol& hai) |khol Laaera nae naa}| kI
dukana SaaeLaI hE_
(119) The lion jumps on animals. (s{er ja@navaron[ par jhapat<ata@ hai) |jhapat< oaer jaanavarae> par
Japa@taa hE_
(120) Ratna@kar opened the book of G&ta@. (Ratna@kar ne G&ta@ ki kita@b khol&) |khol rtnaakr nae
gaItaa kI iktaaba SaaeLaI_
(121) Water looks beautiful with the lotus. (pa@n& kamal ke sa@th sundar lagata@ hai) |khil paanaI
kmaLa k’ saaYa sau>dr Lagataa hE_
(122) That man will explain us. (vah a@dm& hamen[ samajha@ega@) |samajha@ vah AadmaI hmae>
samaJaa]gaa_
(123) You ate R&na@’s mango. (a@p ne R&na@ ka a@m kha@ya@) |kha@ Aapanae rInaa ka Aama Saayaa_
(124) Please explain it to uncle. (c{a@c{a@ j& ko matalab samajha@iye) |samajha@ caacaajaI kae mataLaba
samaJaa}]_
(125) That black cow gives less milk than that white cow. (vah kal& ga@y us safed ga@y se kam
du@dh det& hai) |de vah kaLaI gaaya qsa saf’d gaaya sae kma dUZa detaI hE_
(126) Milkman will bring milk for us. (gwa@la@ hama@re liye du@dh la@ega@) |la@ gvaaLaa hmaare iLa] dUZa
Laa]gaa_
(127) Dil&p will give money to Ajay. (Dil&p Ajay ko paise dega@) |de idLaIpa Ajaya kae paEsae degaa_
(128) The monkeys roam in jungles. (bandar jan[galon[ men[ ghu@mate hain[) |ghu@m ba>dr ja>gaLaae>
mae> zaUmatae hE>_
(129) The moon shines in the night. (c{and ra@t men[ c{amakata@ hai) |c{amak caaãd rata mae> camaktaa
hE_
96
HINDI TEACHER for English Speaking People
(130) People kill mosquitos. (log mac{c{haron[ ko ma@rate hain[) |ma@r Laaega macCrae> kae maartae hE>_
(131) Mother loves their children. (ma@n[ apane bac{c{on[ ko pya@r karat& hai) |pya@r kar maaã Apanae
baccaae> kae pyaar krtaI hE_
(132) Cats catch mice. (billiya@n[ c{u@hon[ ko pakad<at& hain[) |pakad< ibaiLLayaaã caUhae> kae pakDñtaI hE>_
(133) Shobha@ has seen this novel. (Shobha@ ne is upanya@s ko dekha@ hai) |dekh oaaeBaa nae }sa
qpanyaasa kae deSaa hE_ Shobha@ has seen a novel like this. (Shobha@ ne aisa@ upanya@s dekha@ hai)
|dekh oaaeBaa nae ]esaa qpanyaasa deSaa hE_
(134) Today the office will remain[ closed. (a@j ka@rya@lay band rahega) |band< |rah Aaja kayaa|Laya
ba>d rhegaa_
(135) He was frying onions in the frying pan. (vah kad<a@h& men[ pya@j tala raha@ tha@) |tal vah
kDñahI ma>e pyaaja taLa rha Yaa_
(136) Suresh has given his opinion. (Suresh ne apan& ra@y d& hai) |de saureoa nae ApanaI raya dI hE_
Suresh had given his opinion. (Suresh ne apan& ra@y d& th&) |de saureoa nae ApanaI raya dI YaI_
(137) Mona@ had bought oranges in Nagpur. (Mona@ ne Nagpur men[ santare khar&de the)
|khar&d maaenaa nae naagapaur mae> sa>tare SarIde Yae_
(138) The ox works in the field. (bail khet jotata@ hai) |jot baELa Saeta jaaetataa hE_
(139) Anita@ comes by train to Mumba&. (Anita@ ga@d<& se Mumba& a@t& hai) |a@ Ainataa gaaDñI sae mau>ba}|
AataI hE_
(140) This parrot speaks in the morning. (yah tota@ savere bolata@ hai) |bol yah taaetaa savaere baaeLataa
hE_
(141) A peacock dances in the evening. (ek mor s{a@m ko na@c{ata@ hai) |na@c{ ]k maaer oaama kae
naacataa hE_
(142) Rekha@ draws her own picture. (Rekha@ apana@ c{itra bana@t& hai) |bana@ reSaa Apanaa ica%a
banaataI hE_
(143) In India pigs are black. (Bha@rat men[ su@ar ka@le hote hain[) |ho Baarta mae> saUAr kaLae haetae hE>_
(144) The pigeons fly in the sky. (kabu@tar a@ka@s{ men[ ud<ate hain[) |ud< kbaUtar Aakaoa mae> qDñtae hE>_
97
HINDI TEACHER for English Speaking People
(145) The plants grow well where there is water and light. (jaha@n[ pa@n& aur ros{an& hai vaha@n[
paudhe ac{c{h& tarah bad<hate hain[) |bad<h jahaã paanaI AaEr raeoanaI hE vahaã paaEZae AcCI tarh ba$ñtae
hE>_
(146) The dish fell down and broke. (tha@l& n&c{e gir& aur t>u@t>&) |t>u@t> YaaLaI naIcae igarI AaEr @U@I_
(147) The poet has written several poems. (kavi ne ka& kavita@en[ likh& hain[) |likh kiva nae k}|
kivataa]ã iLaSaI hE>_
(148) The police used to come here. (pulis yaha@n[ a@ya@ karat& th&) |a@ pauiLasa yahaã Aayaa krtaI YaI_
(pulis yaha@n[ a@t& th&) pauiLasa yahaã AataI YaI_
(149) Postman did not bring mail today. (d<a@kiya@ a@j d<a@k nah&n[ la@ya@ ) |la@ Daikyaa Aaja Dak nahI>
Laayaa_
(150) The pot is filled with hot water. (baratan garam pa@n& se bhara@ hai) |bhar bartana garma
paanaI sae Bara hE_
(151) Rana@ has peels the potatoes. (Ra@na@ ne a@lu@ c{h&le hain[) |c{h&l ranaa nae AaLaU CILae hE>_
(152) The prices of everything are rising. (sab ch&jon[ ke da@m bad<h rahe@ hain[) |bad<h saba caIjaae>
k’ dama ba$ñ rhe hE>_ (sabh& ch&jon[ k& k&maten[ bad<ha rah& hain[) saBaI caIjaae> kI kImatae> ba$ñ rhI
hE>_
(153) Police had to punish him. (pulis ko use saja@ den& pad<& th&) |saja@ de pauiLasa kae qsae sajaa
denaI paDñI YaI_
(154) I have seen the rabbits eating grass. (Main[ ne kharagos{on[ ko gha@s kha@te hue dekha@ hai)
|kha@, |dekh maE>nae Sargaaeoaae> kae zaasa Saatae hu] deSaa hE_
(155) David burnt the rice while cooking. (David ne paka@te hue c{a@wal jala@ye) |paka@, |jala@
DeivaD nae pakatae hu] caavaLa jaLaa]_
(156) The river flows down from the mountains. (nad& pahad<on[ se n&c{e k& or bahat& hai) |bah
nadI pahaDñae> sae naIcae kI Aaer bahtaI hE_
(157) Tony never cleans his room. (Tony apana@ kamara@ kabh& bh& sa@f nah&n[ karata@ hai) |sa@f
kar @aenaI Apanaa kmara kBaI BaI saaf nahI> krtaa hE_
(158) The roses are red. (gula@b la@l hote hain)[ |ho gauLaaba LaaLa haetae hE>_
98
HINDI TEACHER for English Speaking People
(159) The servant works hard. (naukar bahut ka@m karata@ hai) |ka@m kar naaEkr bahuta kama krtaa
hE_
(160) Dev washes his shirt. (Dev apan& patlu@n dhota@ hai) |dho deva ApanaI pataLaUna Zaaetaa hE_
(161) Paul wears shoes or sandals. (Paul ju@te ya@ c{appal pahanata@ hai) |pahan paaâLa jaUtae yaa
cappaLa pahnataa hE_
(162) Today the shop has opened after a long time. (a@j duka@n lambe samay ke ba@d khul& hai)
|khul Aaja dukana La>bae samaya k’ baad SauLaI hE_
(163) Neeta@ called Baby on her birthday. (Neeta@ ne Baby ko apane janmadin par bula@ya@)
|bula@ naItaa nae baebaI kae Apanae janmaidna par bauLaayaa_
(164) My sister knows this very well. (Mer& d&d& yah ac{c{h& tarah se ja@nat& hai) |ja@n maerI dIdI
yah AcCI tarh sae jaanataI hE_
(165) Munny has worn wet socks. (Munny ne g&le moje pahane hain[) |pahan mau²I nae gaIle maaejae
pahnae hE>_
(166) Then we will be listening your sound on phone. (tab ham a@p k& a@wa@j phon par sun rahe
hon[ge) |sun taba hma AapakI Aavaaja faena par sauna rhe hae>gae_
(167) The sparrows eat worms and seeds. (c{id<iya@en[ b&j aur k&d<e kha@t& hain[) kha@ icaiDñyaa]ã baIja
AaEr kIDñe SaataI hE>_
(168) The stars shine at midnight. (ta@re a@dh& ra@t men[ c{amakate hain[) |c{amak taare AaZaI rata mae>
camaktae hE>_
(169) We are listening the story of Ra@ma@yan>. (ham Ra@ma@yan< k& katha@ sun rahe hain[) |sun hma
ramaayaNa kI kYaa sauna rhe hE>_
(170) Student must attain success. (vidya@rth& ko yas{ pa@na@ c{a@hiye) |pa@ iva^aYaI| kae yaoa paanaa
caaih]_
(171) Sun rises in the East. (su@raj pu@rv dis{a@ men[ ugata@ hai) |udit ho saUrja paUva| idoaa mae> qgataa hE_
(172) Jerry has made tea for four people. (Jerry ne c{a@r logon[ ke liye c{ay bana@y& hai) |bana@
jaerI nae caar Laaegaae> k’ iLa] caaya banaa}| hE_
(173) Prabha@t wears hat sometimes. (Prabha@t kabh&-kabh& t<op& pahanata@ hai) |bana@ paRBaata
kBaI-kBaI @aepaI pahnataa hE_
99
HINDI TEACHER for English Speaking People
(174) Kapil wants to learn Sanskrit. (Kapil Sam<skrit s&khana@ c{a@hata@ hai) |s&kh kipaLa sa>s×ta
saISanaa caahtaa hE_
(175) Indira@ publishes a news paper. (Indira@ akhaba@r praka@shit karat& hai) |praka@shit kar
}>idra ASabaar paRkaioata krtaI hE_
(176) Atul mails letters. (Atul patra bhejata@ hai) |bhej Ataul pa%a Baejataa hE_
(177) Ajay will cook the food. (Ajay kha@na@ paka@ega@) |paka@ Ajaya Saanaa paka]gaa_
(178) The teacher teaches Sanskrit on Sundays. (s{iks<ak raviva@r ko Sam[skr>t pad<ha@te hain[)
|pad<ha@ ioaxak rivavaar kae sa>s×ta pa$ñatae hE>_
(179) They give thanks to all of us. (ve ham sab ko dhanyava@d dete hain[) |de vae hma sabakae
Zanyavaad detae hE>_
(180) The thief ran away when he came. (jab vah a@ya@ tab c{or bha@g gaya@) |a@, |bha@g jaba vah
Aayaa taba caaer Baaga gayaa_
(181) I will tell you one thing and then I will give you one thing. (main{ a@p ko ek ba@t bata@u@n[ga@
aur fir main[ a@p ko ek c{&j du@n[ga@) |de maE> Aapakae ]k baata bataaQãgaa AaEr ifr Aapakae ]k caIja
dUãgaa_
(182) Tiger hunts in the jungle. (s{er jan[gal men[ s{ika@r karata@ hai) |s{&ka@r kar oaer ja>gaLa mae>
ioakar krtaa hE_
(183) Dolly boils tomatos. (Dolly t>ama@t>ar uba@lat& hai) |uba@l DaâLaI @maa@r qbaaLataI hE_
(184) The towel is drying with the rest of the clothes. (tauliya@ anya kapad<on[ ke sa@th su@kha
raha@ hai) |su@kh taaEiLayaa Anya kapaDñae> k’ saaYa saUSa rha hE_
(185) The kid was playing with a toy. (bac}c}a@ khilaune ke sa@th khel raha@ tha@) |khel baccaa
iSaLaaEnae k’ saaYa SaeLa rha Yaa_
(186) This is false. (yah sac{ nah&n[ hai, yah jhu@t>h hai) |ho yah saca nahI> hE, yah JaU# hE_
(187) The clothes are washed by him. (kapad<e us ke dva@ra@ (us se) dhoye gaye hain[) |dho kpaDñe
qsak’ Vara (qsasae) Zaae] ga] hE>_
(188) Let the water boil. (pa@n& ko ubalane d&jiye) |ubal paanaI kae qbaLanae dIija]_
(189) The hot wind is blowing. (garam hava@ baha rah& hai) |bah garma hvaa bah rhI hE_
100
HINDI TEACHER for English Speaking People
(190) Someone has left the window open. (kis& ne khid<ak& khul& c{hod<& hai) |khul, |c{hod< iksaI
nae iSaDñkI SauLaI CaeDñI hE_
(191) He burns the wood. (vah lakad<& jala@ta@ hai) |jala@ vah LakDñI jaLaataa hE_
(192) I do want to work. (main[ ka@m karana@ c{a@hata@ hu@n)[ |karana@ c{a@h maE> kama krnaa caahtaa hUã_
(193) She gave a reply. (us ne jawa@b diya@) |de qsanae javaaba idyaa_
(194) He has made an attempt. (us ne yatna kiya@ hai) |yatna kar qsanae yatna ikyaa hE_ (us ne
kos{is{ k& hai) |kos{is{ kar qsanae kaeioaoa kI hE_
(195) Should he stays here. (kya@ vah yaha@n[ rahe?) |rah Kyaa vah yahaã rhe?
(196) Why did chiken cross the road? (murag& ne rasta@ kyon[ pa@r kiya@?) |pa@r kar maurgaI nae rastaa
Kyaae> paar ikyaa?
(197) She forgot the story. (vah katha@-kaha@n& bhu@l&) |bhu@l vah kYaa-khanaI BaULaI_
(198) You have glued the papers. (a@p ne ka@gaz c{ipaka@ye hain[) |c{ipaka@ Aapanae kagaja icapaka]
hE>_
(199) Ra@m meets his friend. (Ra@m apane dost se milata@ hai) |mil rama Apanae daesta sae imaLataa hE_
(200) They sometimes tell stories. (ve kabh&-kabh& kaha@niya@n[ suna@te hain[) |suna@ vae kBaI-kBaI
khainayaaã saunaatae hE>_
CONVERSATION : ROLE PLAYS
baatacaIta
1. Can you recommend us a good restaurant? (kya@ a@p hamen[ ko& ac{c{ha@ sa@ restara@n[-bhojana@laya
bata@ sakate hain[?) Kyaa Aapa hmae> kae}| AcCa saa restaraã (BaaejanaaLaya) bataa saktae hE>?
2. Is there any vegetarian (or non-vegetarian, Chinese, Italian) restaurant near here? (yaha@n[
najad&k ko& s{a@ka@ha@r&-ma@m[sa@ha@r&-c{&n&-italian- restara@n[ hai?) yahaã najadIk mae> kae}| oaakaharI
(maa>saaharI, caInaI, }@aiLayana) restaraã hE?
>
3. How do we get there? (vaha@n[ kaise pahun~c{ate hain[?) vahaã k“sae pahuãcatae hE?
101
HINDI TEACHER for English Speaking People
5. Hello, I would like to reserve a table for tomorrow 7pm for four please (Hello! main[ kal s{a@m
sa@t baje ke liye, c{a@r logon[ ke liye mej a@raks<it karana@) c{a@hata@ hu@n[ heLaae jaI! maE> kLa oaama saata
bajae k’ iLa] caar Laaegaae> k’ iLa] maeja Aarixata krnaa caahtaa hUã_
6. Where would you like to sit? (a@p kaha@n[ bait>hana@ c{a@hen[ge?) Aapa khaã baE#naa caahe>gae? Over there,
in non-smoking section (vaha@n[, dhu@mrapa@n nis<edha bha@ga men[) vahaã, ZaUmaRpaana inaPaeZa Baaga mae>_
7. May I take your order please? (kya@ main[ a@p ka@ order le sakata@ hu@n[?) Kyaa maE> Aapaka Aadeoa Lae
saktaa hUã?
8. What would you like to drink? (a@p kya@ p&na@ c{a@hen[ge?) Aapa Kyaa paInaa caaheg> ae?
9. Enjoy your meals. (bhojan ka@ a@nand l&jiye) Baaejana ka Aana>d LaIija]_
10. Thank you! (dhanyava@d!) Zanyavaad!
1. Which is a decent motel in Kingstone? (Kin[gstone men[ ac{c{ha@ motel kaun sa@ hai?) ik>gas@na mae>
AcCa maae@La kaEna saa kaEna saa hE?
2. How far is it from downtown? (vah s{ahar se kitana@ du@r hai?) vah oahr sae iktanaa dUr hE?
3. How much is the rent for one night for a room? (ek ra@t ke liye kamare ka@ kira@ya@ kitana@ hai?)
]k rata k’ iLa] kmare ka ikrayaa iktanaa hE?
4. Do you have a cheaper room? (kya@ a@p ke pa@s aur sasta@ kamara@ hai?) Kyaa Aapak’ paasa AaEr sastaa
kmara hE?
5. Will there be a TV, fan and phone in the room? (kya@ kamare men[ TV, pan[kha@ aur phone
hoga@?) Kyaa kmare mae> @IvaI, pa>Saa AaEr faena haegaa?
6. Can I first see the room please? (kya@ main[ pahale kamara@ dekh sakata@ hu@n[?) Kyaa maE> pahLae kmara
deSa saktaa hU?
ã That's fine. (t>h&k hai) #Ik hE_
1. Is there any train going to Bana@ras from here? (yaha@n[ se Bana@ras ke liye ko& relaga@d<& hai?)
yahaã sae banaarsa k’ iLa] kae}| reLagaaDñI hE?
2. How long does it take to reach Bana@ras? (Bana@ras pahuc{ane men[ kitana@ samay lagata@ hai?)
banaarsa pahuãcanae mae> iktanaa samaya Lagataa hE?
102
HINDI TEACHER for English Speaking People
3. Can I leave my car at the station? (kya@ main[ apan& ka@r station par c{hod< sakata@ hu@n[?) Kyaa maE>
ApanaI kar-gaaDñI s@eoana par (reLa AD`De par) CaeDñ saktaa hUã?
4. How much baggage can we carry? (ham kitana@ sa@ma@n le sakate hain[) hma iktanaa saamaana Lae
saktae hE_>
5. What is the price (how much does it cost) for a round trip? (donon[ or k& ya@tra@ ka@ kira@ya@ kitana@
hai?) daenaae> Aaer kI yaa%aa ka ikrayaa iktanaa hE?
6. Is there any discount for senior citizens (children, students)? (kya@ bujurg logon[, bac{c{on[,
c{ha@tron[ ke liye ko& c{hu@t> hai?) Kyaa baujauga| Laaegaae,> baccaae,> Ca%aae> k’ iLa] kae}| CU@ hE?
7. Can I get a window seat please? (kya@ mujhe khid<ak& wa@l& kuras& mil sakat& hai?) Kyaa mauJae
iSaDñkIvaaLaI kÖrsaI imaLa saktaI hE?
8. Is this an express train (bus)? (kya@ yah dr<taga@m& ga@d&< hai?) Kyaa yah dRutagaamaI gaaDñI hE?
9. What is the eating arrangement on the train? (ga@d<& men[ kha@ne k& kya@ vyavastha@ hai?) gaaDñI mae>
Saanae kI Kyaa vyavasYaa hE?
10. When does the last train (bus) leave? (a@khir& ga@d<& kab ja@t& hai?) AaiSarI gaaDñI kba jaataI hE?
1. Where will I get a car on rent? (Mujhe kira@ye par ga@d<& kaha@n[ mileg&?) mauJae ikra] par gaaDñI khaã
imaLaegaI?
2. I would like to rent a small car. (Main[ ek c{hot>& ga@d<& kira@ye par lena@ c{a@hata@ hu@n[) maE> ]k Cae@I
gaaDñI ikra] par Laenaa caahtaa hUã_
3. Is it air conditioned? (kya@ yah va@ta@nuku@lit hai?) Kyaa yah vaataanauk”iLata hE?
@ iye) mauJae yah ]k idna k’ iLa] caaih]_
4. I need it for a day. (mujhe yah ek din ke liye c{ah
5. What sort of fuel does it take? (yah kaunasa@ &n[dhan let& hai?) yah kaEna saa }|>Zana LaetaI hE?
6. Do I need a separate insurance? (kya@ mujhe alag se b&ma@ lena@ hoga?) Kyaa mauJae ALaga sae baImaa
Laenaa haegaa?
7. Can I return the car in New York? (kya@ main[ ga@d<& ko New York main[ va@pas kar sakata@ hu@n[?)
Kyaa maE> gaaDñI kae nyaUyaaâk– mae> vaapasa kr saktaa hUã?
103
HINDI TEACHER for English Speaking People
8. Please give me the address for that place. (Kr<paya@ mujhe us jagah ka@ pata@ d&jiye) ×payaa mauJae
qsa jagah ka pataa dIija]_
9. Thank you Sir! (dhanyava@d sa@hab!) Zanyavaad saahba_
10. See you again. (fir milen[ge) ifr imaLae>gae_
1. Fill it up, please (Kr<paya@ pu@r& t<ank& bhar d&jiye) ×payaa paUrI @>kI Bar dIija]_
2. Please check the oil too. (aur tel bh& dekh l&jiyae) AaEr taeLa BaI deSa LaIija]_
3. No, Thanks. I do not want car wash today. (J& nah&n[, dhanyava@d! a@j ga@d&< nah&n[ dhulawa@n& hai)
jaI nahI>, Zanyavaad_ Aaja gaaDñI nahI> ZauLavaanaI hE_
4. Please clean the car windows also. (kr<paya@ a@p ga@d<& ke s{&s{e bh& sa@f kar d&jiye) ×payaa Aapa gaaDñI
k’ oaIoae BaI saaf kr dIija]_
5. Also give us a case of Coca Cola also. (Koka@ Kola@ k& ek pet>& bh& hamen[ d&jiye) kaeka kaeLaa kI
]k pae@I BaI hmae> dIija]_
6. Please sigh here. (kr<paya@ yaha@n[ hasta@ks<ar d&jiye) ×payaa yahaã hstaaxar dIija]_ Here is your
receipt and your Visa card (yah rah& a@pak& ras&d aur yah raha@ a@paka@ VISA card. yah rhI
AapakI rsaId AaEr yah rha Aapaka vaIjaa kaD|_
7. Should I keep the Coke at the back? (kya@ main[ Coke p&c{he rakh du@n?[ ) Kyaa maE> kaek paICe rSa
dU?
ã Yes, please. (j& ha@n[) jaI, haã_
8. Thank you! dhanyava@d! (s{ukriya@!) Zanyavaad! (oauiÛyaa!)
9. Please dirve carefully. (kr<paya@ ga@d<& sa@vadha@n& se c{ala@en[) ×payaa gaaDñI saavaZaanaI sae caLaa]ã_
SHORT ESSAYS
THE HORSE
Aova
Aova kae zaaeDña BaI khtae hE_> yah ]k ivanaIta paoau hE_ (as{va ko ghod<a@ bh& kahate hain[. yah ek vin&ta
pas{u hai) Horse is also called ghod<a@. Horse is a disciplined animal. yah gaaya kI tarh ]k qpayaaegaI
104
HINDI TEACHER for English Speaking People
jaanavar hE_ (yah ga@y k& tarah ek upayog& ja@navar hai) He is a useful animal like a cow. gaaya AaEr
zaaeDñe mae> Kyaa Baed haetaa hE? (ga@y aur ghod<e men[ kya@ bhed hota@ hai?) What is the difference between
a cow and a horse. zaaeDñe k’ dae saI>ga nahI> haetae hE>_ (ghod<e ke do s&n[g nah&n[ hote hain[) Horse does
not have two horns. qsakI gardna par La>bae ]va> zanae baaLa haetae hE>_ (us k& garadan par lambe evam[
ghane ba@l hote hain[) His neck has a hairy mane. gaaya k’ Saur dae ihssaae> mae> baã@e haetae hE,> zaaeDeñ k’ Saur
qsa tarh nahI> haetae hE_> (ga@y ke khur do hisson[ men[ ban[t>e hote hain[, ghod<e ke khur us tarah nah&n[
hote hain[) Cow's hoof is divided into two halves, but not the horse's. }sa karNa Aova taeja Baaga
saktaa hE_ (is ka@ran< as{va tej bha@g sakata@ hai) Therefore, the horse runs faster. vah baLavaana` BaI haetaa
hE_ (vah balava@n bh& hota@ hai) He is strong too.
Aova cataur paoau haetaa hE_ (as{va c{atur pas{u hota@ hai) The horse is a smart animal. Laaega qsapar
savaarI (AaraehNa) krtae hE>_ (log us par sava@r& karate hain[) People ride him. vae qsakI paI# par baE#kr
yaa%aa krtae hE>_ (ve us k& p&t>h par bait>h kar ya@tra@ karate hain[) They travel sitting on his back. vah
manauPya ka ]k AcCa ima%a haetaa hE_ (vah manus<ya ka@ ek ac{c{ha@ mitra hota@ hai) He is a good friend
of human beings. paRacaIna kaLa mae> rajaa Laaega }sae yau& k’ kama mae> Laatae Yae_ (pra@c{&n ka@l men[ ra@ja@ log ise
yuddha ke ka@m men[ la@te the) In old days kings were using horse in the battles. iksaI kiva nae kha
hE : (kis& kavi ne kaha@ hai) A poet has said :
"Aova ijasaka ivajaya qsakI, ijasaka Aova ZartaI qsakI_
Aova ijasaka yaoa qsaka, ijasaka Aova saaenaa qsaka_"
‘as{va jis ka@ vijay us k&, jis ka@ as{va dharat& us k&,
as{va jis ka@ yas{a us ka@, jis ka@ as{va sona@ us ka@.
Victory is his who has horse,
who has horse on land he has hold,
Success is his who has horse,
who has horse his is gold.
THE SUN
105
HINDI TEACHER for English Speaking People
saUya|
saUya| gagana ka ]k ALa>kar hE_ qsaka qdya paUva| kI idoaa mae> haetaa hE_ qsa samaya qsaka paRkaoa LaaLa
]va> kaemaLa haetaa hE_ qBartaa huAa saUya| A>Zakar kae naP@ krtaa hE, paRaiNayaae> kae jagaataa hE AaEr f”Laae> kae
iSaLaataa hE_ ZaIre-ZaIre ba$ñtaa huAa saUya| jaba Aakaoa k’ maZya mae> Aataa hE taba maZyaaÈ haetaa hE_ maZyaaÈ mae> ZaUpa
taISaI haetaI hE_ yahaã sae saUya| Ûmaoa: paiocama idoaa kI Aaer naIcae qtartaa huAa idSaa}| detaa hE_ AaEr A>ta mae>
saUya| paiocama idoaa mae> DUba jaataa hE_
The sun is an adornment of the sky. It rises in the East. At this time its light is red and soft.
The rising sun destroys the darkness, wakes the animals up and blooms the flowers. Marching
up gradually when the sun reaches at the center of the sky then becomes noon. At noon the
sunlight is hard. From here, the sun gradually comes down to the West, and eventually the sun
sets in the West.
saUya| svaya> hI paRkaoamaana haetaa hE_ saUya| ka paRkaoa paUrI sa\iP@ kae paRkaioata krtaa hE_ saUya| jagata` kae qPNataa
detaa hE_ saUya| k’ samaana Anya kÖC BaI taejasvaI nahI> haetaa hE_
The sun shines by itself. The sunlight shines entire universe. The sun gives warmth to the
world. There is nothing as brilliant as the sun.
THE Hind& WORLD
ih>dI jagata`
ih>dI
k’vaLa Baarta kI hI BaaPaa nahI> hE_ (Hind& kewal Bha@rat k& h& bha@s<a@ nah&n[ hai) Hind& is not the
language of India only. ih>dI ivaova mae> saBaI deoaae> mae> kmaaebaeoa baaeLaI jaataI hE_ (Hind& vis{va men[ sabh&
des{on[ men[ kamobes{ bol& ja@t& hai) Hind& is spoken more or less in the entire world. gauyaanaa,
i@¼inaDaD, saUrInaama AaEr fIjaI mae> taae ih>dI ka ivaoaePa mahTva hE_ (Guyana@, Trinida@d, Su@r&nam aur Fij&
men[ to Hind& ka@ vis{es< mahattva hai) In Guyana, Trinidad, Surinam and Fiji the Hind& language
106
HINDI TEACHER for English Speaking People
has special importance. }saiLa] }na caarae> deoaae> k’ baare mae> hmae> jaanakarI haenaI Aavaoyak hE_ (is liye in
c{ar@ on[ des{on ke ba@re men[ hamen[ ja@naka@r& hon& a@vas{yak hai) Therefore, it is important that we
know about these countries.
kaeLa>basa jaba Amaeirka pahuãcae taae qnhae>nae samaJaa ik vae }>iDyaa pahuãcae hE>_ qnak’ khnae par hI vahaã k’ paUva|
Laaegaae> kae ‘}>iDyana’ naama imaLaa_ (Kolambas jab Amerika@ pahun~c{e to unhon[ ne samajha@ ki ve India
pahun~c{e hain[. un ke kahane par h& vaha@n[ ke pu@rva logon[ ko ‘Indian’ na@m mila@) When
Columbus reached America, he thought that it was India, from his dicsovery the original people
of America became known as ‘Indians.’
kaeLa>basa k’ baad sana` 1500 mae> vaespaucaI vaes@ }>DIja pahuãcae taba qnhae>nae BaI samaJaa ik vae ]ioayaa k’ paUvaI|
iknaare sae }>iDyaa kI Aaer jaa rhe hE_> (Kolambas ke ba@d san 1500 men[ vespuc{& west ind<&j pahun~c{e tab
unhon[ ne bh& samajha@ ki ve es{iya@ ke pu@rv& kina@re se India k& or ja@ rahe hain[) After Columbus,
Vespucci travelled to West Indies in 1500 AD. He thought that he was at the east coast of Asia
and he was going towards India. qnhaen> ae gauyaanaa AaEr vaes@ }>DIja k’ Laaegaae> kae ih>dustaanaI samaJaa_ (unhon[
ne Guya@na@ aur West Ind<&j ke logon[ ko hindusta@n& samajha@) They thought the people of Guyana
and West Indies were Indian people.
vaes@ }>DIja A@Laa>i@k mahasaagar mae> DUbaI hu}| k“iribayana ]>DIja pava|ta Oa\>SaLaa kI Qpar q#I hu}| caaei@yaaã
hE_> (West Ind<&j at>ala@nt>ik maha@sa@gar men[ du@b& hu& Caribbean Andese parvat s{r<ankhala@ k& u@par
ut>h& hu& c{ot>iya@n[ hain[) The West Indies are the peaks of semi-submerged chain[ of Caribbean
Andese mountain. ]k samaya vae dixaNa AaEr qTarI Amaeirka kae jaaeDñtaI YaI>_ (ek samay ve daks<in<a aur
uttar& amerika@ ko jod<at& th&n[) at one time they connected the South America to the North
America. }namae> KyaUbaa sae Laekr bahamaasa, jamaEka, hE@I, Daeimainakna irpaibLak, par@aeirkae AaEr i@¼inaDaD tak
saBaI deoa Aatae hE>_ (in men[ Cu@ba@ se le kar Baha@ma@s, Jamaica@, Haiti, Dominican Republic, Puerto
Rico aur Trinida@d tak sabh& des{a a@te hain[) In it comes all countries from Cuba, Bahamas,
Jamaica, Haiti, Dominican republic, Puerto Rico to Trinidad. gauyaanaa AaEr saUrInaama dixaNa Amaeirka mae>
107
HINDI TEACHER for English Speaking People
Aatae hE_> (Guya@na@ aur Su@r&na@m daks<in< amerika@ men[ a@te hain[) Guyana and Surinam are in the
South America.
ifjaI deoa Aaâs@¼eiLayaa k’ paUva| mae> AaEr nyaUjaILaE>D k’ qTar mae> hE_ (Fij& des{ Australlia ke pu@rva men[ aur
New Zealand ke uttar men[ hai) Fiji is on the east of Australia and North of New Zealand.
fIjaI kI mauSya BaaPaa A>gaRejaI hE AaEr dUsarI BaaPaa ih>dI hE_ (f&j& k& mukhya bha@sa< @ angrez& aur du@sar&
bha@sa< @ hind& hai) In fiji the main[ language is English and the second language is Hind& .
THE GOLDEN RULE
sauvaNa| isa&a>ta
(1) dUsarae> k’ saaYa vah nahI> krnaa caaih], jaae yaid Aapak’ saaYa ikyaa jaaya taae Aapakae du:Sa hae_ yahI Zama|
ka sauvaNa| isa&a>ta hE_
Do naught unto others which would cause pain if done to you. This is the Golden Rule of the
righteousness.
(Maha@bha@rat : Hinduism)
(2) Aapa caahtae hE> ik Laaega jaae BaI vyavahar Aapak’ saaYa kre>,
vahI Laaegaae> k’ saaYa Aapa kre>_
All things, therefore, whatsoever ye would
that men should do to you.
(Bible : Christianity)
(3) dUsarae> k’ paRita vahI bartaava AcCa hE jaae hmae> qsa caIja sae dUr rSae_ jaae caIja svaya> hmaare iLa] qicata na
hae_
That nature alone is not good which refrains one from doing unto others whatsoever is not
good for itself. (Dadistan : Zoroastrianism)
108
HINDI TEACHER for English Speaking People
(4) jaae vyavahar Aapak’ iLa] du:Sadayak hE, vah Aapa Apanae saaiYayaae> k’ saaYa na kre>_
What ia hateful to you, do not to your fellowmen. (Talmud : Judaism)
(5) dUsarae> k’ saaYa vah kama na kre> jaae svata: k’ iLa]
du:Sa dayak Lagataa hae_
Act not with others in ways
that you yourself would find hurtful.
(Udana : Buddhism)
(6) dUsarae> k’ saaYa vah na kre> jaae Aapa caahtae hE> ik vae Aapak’ saaYa na kre>_
Do not unto others
that you would not have them do unto you.
(Analects : Confucianiasm)
(7) paDñaesaI k’ LaaBa mae> hI Apanaa LaaBa jaaina] AaEr paDñaesaI kI haina mae> ApanaI haina jaaina]_
Regard your neighbour's gain as your own gain
and your neighbour's loss as your own loss.
(Tai Shan Kan : Taoism)
EDITING
oaui&krNa
EXERCISE : Study the following incorrect sentences given on the LEFT side, and try to correct
them on your own. (If you want to check your work or need help, see the answers given in
the brackets on the RIGHT side)
1. Ham ka@m karata@ hai hma kama krtaa hE_ (maE> kama krtaa hU,ã hma kama krtae hE,> hma kama krtaI hE_> )
109
HINDI TEACHER for English Speaking People
2. Mere ko pa@n& c{a@hiye. maere kae paanaI caaih]_ (mauJae paanaI caaih]_)
3. Main[ ne ka@m kar liya@ ha&. ma>Enae> kama kr iLayaa hE_ (maE>nae kama kr iLayaa hE_)
4. Main[ ne ka@m kara@ hai. maE>nae> kama kra hE_ (maEn> ae kama ikyaa hE_)
5. Hamne ka@m kar liya@ hai. hmanae> kama kr iLayaa hE_ (hmanae kama kr iLayaa hE_
6. Main[ ne yah patra nah& pad<hana@. maEn> ae yah pa%a nahI pa$ñnaa_ (mauJae yah pa%a nahI> pa$ñnaa caahtaa_)
7. Mere ma@ta@j& Rangoon gaye hue hain[. maere maataajaI r>gaUna ga] hu] hE>_ (maerI maataajaI r>gaUna ga}| hu}| hE>_)
8. Main[ ne Ra@m ko kaha@. maE>nae rama kae kha_ (maEn> ae rama sae kha_)
9. ‡j se a@p yah ka@m kar&ye. Aaja sae Aapa yah kama kir]_ (Aaja sae Aapa yah kama kIija]_)
10. ‡p kya@ kha@oge? Aapa Kyaa SaaAaegae? (Aapa Kyaa Saa]ãgae, Aapa Kyaa Saa]ãgaI?)
11. Ac{c{h& lad<akiya@n[ pad<hat&n[ hai. AcCI LaDñikyaaã pa$ñtaI> hE_ (AcCI LaDñikyaaã pa$ñtaI hE_> )
12. Vis{a@l k& bahin pad<hat& hain[. ivaoaaLa kI baihna pa$ñtaI hE>_ (ivaoaaLa kI bahnae> pa$ñtaI hE>_ ivaoaaLa kI
bahna pa$ñtaI hE_)
> Aapa Kyaa SaataI hE>? tauma Kyaa Saatae hae?)
13. Tum kya@ kha@ta@ hai? tauma Kyaa Saataa hE>? (Aapa Kyaa Saatae hE?
> (Aapa Kyaa deSa rhe hE?
> Aapa Kyaa deSa rhI hE?
> )
14. ‡p kya@ dekh raha@ hain[? Aapa Kyaa deSa rha hE?
15. C}a@c{&j& abh& a@p ko dekh rahe the. caacaIjaI ABaI Aapa kae deSa rhe Yae_ (caacaIjaI ABaI Aapakae deSa
rhI YaI_)
16. Ba@bu@ se kha@na@ la@ne ko bolo. baabaU sae Saanaa Laanae kae baaeLaae_ (baabaU sae Saanaa Laanae k’ iLa] kih]_)
17. Main[ kha@na@ kha@ya@. maE> Saanaa Saayaa_ (maEn> ae Saanaa Saayaa_)
18. Bahut din se a@p nah&n[ mile. bahuta idna sae Aapa nahI> imaLae_ (bahuta idnaae> sae Aapa nahI> imaLae_ bahuta idnaae>
sae Aapa nahI> imaLaI_)
19. Main[ ne tereku kal bol diya@ tha@. maE>nae taerekÖ kLa baaeLa idyaa Yaa_ (maE>nae taumasae kLa kh idyaa Yaa_ maE>nae
Aapasae kLa kh idyaa Yaa_)
20. Vah Cairo ja@ rah& hain[. vah k“rae jaa rhI hE>_ (vah k“rae jaa rhI hE_)
21. Ve Bana@ras ja@ rah& hai. vae banaarsa jaa rhI hE_ (vae banaarsa jaa rhI hE>_)
22. Main[ tab Patel Nagar ja rah& hog&. maE> taba pa@La nagar jaa rhI haegaI_ (maE> taba pa@eLa nagar jaa rhI
haeQgã aI_)
23. Ham parason[ Dill& ja@ rah& hog&. hma parsaae> idLLaI jaa rhI haegaI_ (hma parsaae> idLLaI jaa]ãg> aI_
110
HINDI TEACHER for English Speaking People
24. S&ta@ savere ko ghar ja@ rah& th&. saItaa savaere kae zar jaa rhI YaI_ (saItaa savaere zar jaa rhI YaI_)
25. Sun&l kal ba@ja@r ko gaya@ tha@. saunaILa kLa baajaar kae gayaa Yaa_ (saunaILa kLa baajaar gayaa Yaa_)
26. Sabh& kapad<e dhoye hain[. saBaI kpaDñe Zaae] hE>_ (saBaI Laaegaae> nae kpaDñe Zaae] hE>, saBaI kpaDñe Zaae] hu] hE>,
saBaI kpaDñe ZauLae hE>_)
27. ‡sha@ kal khu@b n&n[d l&. Aaoaa kLa SaUba naI>d LaI_ (Aaoaa nae kLa SaUba naI>d LaI, Aaoaa kLa saUba saae}|_)
28. Yah hamara@ ghar hai. yah hmara zar hE_ (yah hmaara zar hE_)
29. Hama@re t&non[ c{a@c{e c{ale gaye. hmaare taInaae> caacae caLae ga]_ (hmaare taInaae> caacaa caLae ga]_)
30. Neil bahot ka@m karata@ hai. naILa bahaeta kama krtaa hE_ (naILa bahuta kama krtaa hE_)
31. Jim ke tarah ko& bh& nah&n[ hai. ijama k’ tarh kae}| BaI nahI> hE_ (ijama kI tarh kae}| BaI nahI> hE_)
32. Har a@dami bahut paise kama@te hain[. hr AadmaI bahuta paEsae kmaatae hE_> (hr AadmaI bahuta paEsae kmaataa
hE_)
33. ‡dam& bahut paise kama@te hai. AadmaI bahuta paEsae kmaatae hE_ (AadmaI bahuta paEsae kmaataa hE_ AadmaI
bahuta paEsae kmaatae hE>_)
34. Har a@dam& ke pa@s bahut paise hai. hr AadmaI k’ paasa bahuta paEsae hE_ (hr AadmaI k’ paasa bahuta paEsae
hE_> )
35. Keshav ko ek bahin hai. k’oava kae ]k baihna hE_ (k’oava kI ]k bahna hE_)
36. Vis{a@l ke sa@th men[ kaun bait<hata@ hai. ivaoaaLa k’ saaYa mae> kaEna baE#taa hE? (ivaoaaLa k’ saaYa kaEna
baE#taa hE?)
37. Hindukush u@n~c{& paha@d< hai. ih>dk
U Öoa QãcaI pahaDñ hE_ (ih>dUkÖoa QãcaI pahaDñI hE, ih>dUkÖoa Qãcaa pahaDñ
hE_)
38. Vis{al@ kaha@ hai ki vah nah&n[ ja@ega@. ivaoaaLa kha hE ik vah nahI> jaa]gaa_ (ivaoaaLa nae kha hE ik vah
nahI> jaa]gaa)
39. Sun&l ne kamara@ safa@& kiya@. saunaILa nae kmara safa}| ikyaa_ (saunaILa nae kmare kI safa}| kI)
40. Mereko a@p paisa@ dedo. maere kae Aapa paEsaa de dae_ (mauJae Aapa paEsae dIija])
41. Yadi mai nah&n[ a@ta@ to vah c{ale ja@ta@. yaid maE nahI> Aataa taae vah caLae jaataa_ (yaid maE> nahI> Aataa taae
vah caLaa jaataa_)
111
HINDI TEACHER for English Speaking People
42. Yadi ham nah& a@te to vah c{ala@ ja@ta@. yaid hma nahI Aatae taae vah caLaa jaataa_ (yaid hma nahI> Aatae taae
vah caLaa jaataa_)
43. Yad& a@p kahen[ge to main[ ka@m karata@ hu@n[. yadI Aapa kheg> ae taae maE> kama krtaa hUã_ (yaid Aapa khe->
kheg> ae taae maE> kama kWãgaa-kWãgaI_ Aapa khtae hE> }saiLa] maE> kama krtaa-krtaI hU_ã )
44. Hamko bahut ac{c{ha@ laga@. hmakae bahaeta AcCa Lagaa_ (hmae> bahuta AcCa Lagaa_)
45. La@la@j& nen[ mandar banava@ya@. LaaLaajaI nae> ma>dr banavaayaa_ (LaaLaajaI nae ma>idr banavaayaa_)
46. Lad<ak&yon[ nen[ ac{c{a@ ka@m kiya@. LaDñkIyaae> nae> AcCa kama ikyaa_ (LaDñikyaae> nae AcCa kama ikyaa_)
47. Sab h& bac{c{a@ rota@ hai. saba hI baccaa raetaa hE_ (saBaI baccae raetae hE>_)
48. Bha@&! hamen[ ko& paise d&jiye. Baa}|! hmae> kae}| paEsae dIija]_ (Baa}|! hmae> kÖC paEsae dIija]_)
49. Vaha@n kuc{h ek sau a@dam& bait>he hain[. vahaã kÖC ]k saaE AadmaI baE#e hE_> (vahaã LagaBaga ]k saaE
AadmaI baE#e hE_)
50. Ko& log a@ye aur ko& log gaye. kae}| Laaega Aa] AaEr kae}| Laaega ga]_ (k}| Laaega Aa] AaEr k}| Laaega
ga]_)
51. Pratyek a@dam& Hind& nah&n[ bol sakate. paRtyaek AadmaI ih>dI nahI> baaeLa saktae_ (paRtyaek AadmaI ih>dI
nahI> baaeLa saktaa_)
52. Muzko Hind& films ac{h& lagat& hai. mauJakae ih>dI ifLmsa AcCI LagataI hE_ (mauJae ih>dI ifLmae> AcCI
LagataI hE_> )
53. C}alate bus se du@r rahiye. caLatae basa sae dUr rih]_ (caLataI hu}| basa sae dUr rih]_)
54. Sabh& nad& sa@garko nah&n[ milat& hain[. saBaI nadI saagarkae nahI> imaLataI hE>_ (saBaI naidyaaã saagar sae nahI>
imaLataI hE>)
55. ‡jkal ra@ston[ men[ bahut ka@r[ hoti hain[. AajakLa rastaae> mae> bahuta kar haetaI hE>_ (AajakLa rastaae> par bahuta
kare> haetaI hE>_)
56. Parason[ pradha@namantr& Amerika@ ja@ raha@ hai. parsaae> paRZaanama>%aI Amaeirka jaa rha hE_ (paRZaanama>%aI
parsaae> Amaeirka jaa rhe hE_> )
57. ‡pa ka@ sab kapad<a ganda@ hai. Aapaka saba kpaDña ga>da hE_ (Aapak’ saBaI kpaDñe ga>de hE_> )
[ a@. maE> snaana kr SaaQãgaa_ (maE snaana krk’ SaaQãgaa_ maE> naha kr SaaQãgaa_)
58. Mai sna@n kar kha@u@ng
112
HINDI TEACHER for English Speaking People
59. Main[ isko nah&n[ dekhana@ c{ah
@ ata@. maE> }sakae nahI> deSanaa caahtaa-caahtaI_ (maE> yah nahI> deSanaa caahtaacaahtaI_)
60. Main[ ne us ka@ kita@b liya@. maE>nae qsaka iktaaba iLayaa_ (maE>nae qsakI iktaaba LaI_)
61. Mere se yah ka@m nah&n[ kiya@ ja@ta@. maere sae yah kama nahI> ikyaa jaataa_ (yah kama mauJasae nahI> ikyaa
jaataa_)
62. Main[ Sun&l se ga@d<& c{ala@ta@ hu@n[. maE> saunaILa sae gaaDñI caLaataa hUã_ (maE> saunaILa kI gaaDñI caLaataa hU_ã maE>
saunaILa sae gaaDñI caLavaataa hU_ã maE> saunaILa kae gaaDñI isaSaataa hUã_ )
63. Main[ ne pustak dekha@. maE>nae paustak deSaa_ (maE>nae paustak deSaI_)
64. Main[ ne Sun&l ko vah ba@t kah&. maE>nae saunaILa kae vah baata khI_ (maE>nae saunaILa sae vah baata khI_)
65. Main[ gar&bon[ ko bahut saha@yata@ karat& hu@n[. maE> garIbaae> kae bahuta sahayataa krtaI hU_ã (maE> garIbaae> kI
bahuta sahayataa krtaI hUã_)
66. Sun&l nen[ kaha@ ki vah Bha@rat ja@ega@. saunaILa nae> kha ik vah Baarta jaa]gaa_ (saunaILa nae kha ik maE>
Baarta jaaQãgaa_)
67. Us se kaho ki ja@. qsasae khae ik jaa_ (qsasae khae ik jaa]_)
68. ‡p ac{c{ha@ ho gaye hain[ kya@? Aapa AcCa hae ga] hE> Kyaa? (Aapa AcCe hae ga] hE> Kyaa?)
69. Pratyek a@dam& is par vic{ar@ karen[. paRtyaek AadmaI }sa par ivacaar kre>_ (paRtyaek AadmaI }sa par ivacaar
kre_)
70. Yaha@n[ se vaha@n[ ja@ne men[ c{ar@ ghan<te> lagatae hai. yahaã sae vahaã jaanae mae> caar za>@e Lagatae hE>_ (yahaã sae
vahaã jaanae k’ iLa] caar za>@e Lagatae hE>_)
71. Sun&l aur a@p is par vic{a@r karo. saunaILa AaEr Aapa }sa par ivacaar krae_ (saunaILa AaEr Aapa }sa par
ivacaar kre>_)
72. Sun&l aur Ra@m yaha@n[ rahu@n[ga@-rahu@n[g&. saunaILa AaEr rama yahaã rhUgã aa-rhUgã aI_ (saunaILa AaEr rama yahaã
rhe>gae_)
73. Sun&l paise nah&n[ la@ne saka@. saunaILa paEsae nahI> Laanae saka_ (saunaILa paEsae nahI> Laa saka_)
74. Vaha@n[ Ramu@ ya@ Sun&l hon[ge. vahaã ramaU yaa saunaILa haeg> ae_ (vahaã ramaU AaEr saunaILa haeg> ae, vahaã ramauU yaa
saunaILa haegaa_)
75. Vaha@n[ a@m aur c{a@ku@ pad<a@ hai. vahaã Aama AaEr caak” paDña hE_ (vahaã Aama AaEr caak” paDñe hE_> )
113
HINDI TEACHER for English Speaking People
76. Vah din-ra@t ka@m karata@. vah idna-rata kama krtaa_ (vah idna-rata kama krtaa hE_)
77. Main[ ne t&n rot>& kha@&. maE>nae taIna rae@I Saa}|_ (maEn> ae taIna raei@yaaã Saa}|_> )
78. Main[ aur Sunil vaha@n[ tha@. maE> AaEr saunaILa vahaã Yaa_ (maE> AaEr saunaILa vahaã Yae_)
79. Mujhe a@m ya@ kela@ khane hain[. mauJae Aama yaa k’Laa Saanae hE>_ (mauJae Aama yaa k’Laa Saanaa hE_)
80. Mujhe Hind& bolana@ c{a@hiye. mauJae ih>dI baaeLanaa caaih]_ (mauJae ih>dI baaeLanaI caaih]_)
81. Mujhe Hind& s&khana@ hai. mauJae ih>dI saISanaa hE_ (mauJae ih>dI saISanaI hE_)
82. Yah ac{c{ha@ hai, na h& yah sundar hai. yah AcCa hE, na hI yah sau>dr hE_ (yah na taae AcCa hE, na hI
saud
> r hE_)
83. Yah hon[ga@ h&. yah hae>gaa hI_ (yah haegaa hI_)
84. Main[ nah&n[ ja@nata@ vah Bha@rat men[ hai Canada@ men[ hai. maE> nahI> jaanataa vah Baarta mae> hE k’naDa mae>
hE_ (maE> nahI> jaanataa ik vah Baarta mae> hE yaa knaaDa mae> hE_)
85. Ab sa@ta baja@ hai. Aba saata bajaa hE_ (Aba saata bajae hE>_)
86. Nic{e bait>hiye anyatha@ ba@har ja@o. naIcae baEi#] AnyaYaa baahr jaaAae_ (naIcae baEi#] AnyaYaa baahr
jaa}]_)
87. Mujhe paise d&jiye varana@ main[ gaya@. mauJae paEsae dIija] varnaa maE> gayaa_ (mauJae paEsae dIija] varnaa maE>
caLaa jaaQãgaa_)
88. Hamara@ dil bad<a@ hai. hmara idLa baDña hE_ (hmaara idLa baDña hE_)
89. Main[ ne rukane ke liye kaha@, lekin vah ruka@. maE>nae wknae k’ iLa] kha, Laeikna vah wka_ (maE>nae wknae
k’ iLa] kha AaEr vah wka, maEn> ae wknae k’ iLa] kha, Laeikna vah nahI> wka_
90. Vah gar&b hai, par ima@nda@r bh& hai. vah garIba hE, par }maanadar BaI hE_ (vah garIba hE par }|maanadar hE,
vah garIba hE AaEr }|maanadar BaI hE, vah garIba hE par }|maanadar nahI> hE_)
91. Vah p&c{he hai, magar j&t gay&. vah paICe hE, magar jaIta ga}|_ (vah paICe YaI, magar jaIta ga}|_ vah paICe
hE, magar jaItaegaI_)
92. Main[ ne kha@ya@ nah&n[ hai, magar abh& bhu@kha@ hu@n[. maE>nae Saayaa nahI> hE, magar ABaI BaUSaa hUã_ (maEn> ae
Saayaa hE, magar ABaI BaUSaa hUã_ maE>nae Saayaa nahI> hE, }saiLa] ABaI BaUSaa hU_ã )
@ t hai. qsakae bahuta du:Sa hE, taYaa vah oaa>ta hE_ (ya^ipa qsae
93. Us ko bahut duh<kh hai, tatha@ vah s{an
bahuta du:Sa hE, taYaaipa vah oaa>ta hE_)
114
HINDI TEACHER for English Speaking People
94. Tatha@pi us ne nah&n[ ma@n[ge, main[ ne us ko paise diye. taYaaipa qsanae nahI> maaãgae, maE>nae qsakae paEsae
id]_ (ya^ipa qsanae nahI> maaãgae, taYaaipa maE>nae qsae paEsae id]_)
95. Main[ c{a@hata@ tha@, fir bh& ba@har ja@ saka@. maE> caahtaa Yaa, ifr BaI maE> baahr jaa saka_ (maE> caahtaa Yaa, ifr
BaI baahr nahI> jaa saka_ maE> nahI> caahtaa Yaa, ifr BaI mauJae baahr jaanaa paDña_)
96. Vah soya@ nah&n[ tha@ fir bh& thaka@ hai. vah saaeyaa nahI> Yaa ifr BaI Yaka hE_ (vah saaeyaa Yaa ifr BaI
Yaka hE, vah saaeyaa nahI> Yaa }saiLa] Yaka hE_)
97. Notice diya@ gaya@ tha@, kyon[ ki sab ko pata@ c{ale. naaei@sa idyaa gayaa Yaa, Kyaae>ik sabakae pataa caLae_
(naaei@sa idyaa gayaa Yaa, taaik sabakae pataa caLae_)
98. Ghan>t>& baj& main[ andar gaya@. za>@I bajaI maE> A>dr gayaa_ (za>@I bajaI AaEr maE> A>dr gayaa_)
99. Is ko n&la@ ran[g hai. }sakae naILaa r>ga hE_ (}saka r>ga naILaa hE_)
100. Main[ ne us ko kaha@ tha@. maE>nae qsakae kha Yaa_ (maE>nae qsa sae kha Yaa_)
101. Dil dhad<akata@ hain[. idLa ZaDñktaa hE>_ (idLa ZaDñktaa hE_ idLa ZaDñktae hE>_)
102. Garam& bahut bad<h raha@ hai. garmaI bahuta ba$ñ rha hE_ (garmaI bahuta ba$ñ rhI hE_)
103. main[ a@p ka@ madad c{a@hate hai. maE> Aapaka madd caahtae hE_ (maE> AapakI madd caahtaa hUã_)
104. a@p ko sukh c{a@hate hain[ (|c{a@h) Aapa kae sauSa caahtae hE>_ (Aapa sauSa caahtae hE>_)
105. Madhu makkhiya@n[ s{ahad banawa@t& hain[. maZau maiKSayaaã oahd banavaataI hE>_ (maiKSayaaã oahd
banaataI hE>_)
106. vah paisa@ ko c{a@hata@ hai. vah paEsaa kae caahtaa hE_ (vah paEsaa caahtaa hE_)
107. ghod<a@ bha@gate hai. zaaeDña Baagatae hE_ (zaaeDña Baagataa hE_ zaaeDñe Baagatae hE>_)
108. Ra@m ghar ko nahin[ hai. rama zar kae nahI> hE_ (rama zar mae> nahI> hE_)
109. Baraf pighal raha@ hai. barf ipazaLa rha hE_ (baf| ipazaLa rhI hE_)
110. C}a@biya@n[ kaha@n[ par hai caaibayaaã khaã par hE_ (caaibayaaã khaã hE>_)
111 N&ta@ raso& safa@ karat& hai. naItaa rsaae}| safa krtaI hE_ (naItaa rsaae}| saaf krtaI hE_)
112. D&ya@ men[ tel jalata@ hai. dIyaa mae> taeLa jaLataa hE_ (dIyae mae> taeLa jaLataa hE_)
113. Hame Hind& bha@s<a@ bolate hain[ (|bol) hmae ih>dI BaaPaa baaeLatae hE>_ (hma ih>dI BaaPaa baaeLatae hE>_)
114. Us ke u@par bharosa@ mat k&jiye. qsak’ Qpar Baraesaa mata kIija]_ (qsapar Baraesaa mata kIija]_)
115. Yah kita@b pad<hana@ c{ahiye. yah iktaaba pa$ñnaa caaih]_ (yah iktaaba pa$ñnaI caaih]_)
115
HINDI TEACHER for English Speaking People
116. Is kita@b ko pad<han& c{a@hiye. }sa iktaaba kae pa$ñnaI caaih]_ (}sa iktaaba kae pa$ñnaa caaih]_)
117. Main[ ne donon[ kita@b pad<h& hain[. maE>nae daenaae> iktaaba pa$ñI hE_> (maEn> ae daenaae> iktaabae> pa$ñI hE_> )
118. Vah c{alate ga@ rah& th&. vah caLatae gaa rhI YaI_ (vah caLatae hu] gaa rhI YaI_)
119. Mere pa@s ek h& rupaya@ nah& hai. maere paasa ]k hI wpayaa nahI hE_ (maere paasa ]k BaI wpayaa nahI> hE_)
120. Ma@la@ ne sab hi ko bh& kita@be diy&. maaLaa nae saba hI kae BaI iktaabae id}|_ (maaLaa nae saBaI kae iktaabae>
dI>_)
121. Mot&ba@g men[ mere t&non[ c{a@c{e rahate hai. maaetaIbaaga mae> maere taInaae> caacae rhtae hE_ (maaetaIbaaga mae> maere
taInaae> caacaa rhtae hE_> )
122. Mujhko yah mat d&jiye. mauJakae yah mata dIija]_ (mauJae yah mata dIija]_)
123. Manoj ko do bet>e hai. manaaeja kae dae bae@e hE_ (manaaeja k’ dae bae@e hE_> )
124. Dhanyava@d! main[ nah&n[ c{a@y p&ta@ hun[. Zanyavaad! maE> nahI> caaya paItaa hUã_ (Zanyavaad! maE> caaya nahI>
paItaa_)
125. Hind& bha@sa< @ Sam[skrit bha@s<a@ se ban& hain[. ih>dI BaaPaa sa>s×ta BaaPaa sae banaI hE_> (ih>dI BaaPaa sa>s×ta
BaaPaa sae banaI hE_)
GENERAL DIALOGUES
(1) How are you. How do you do? (a@p kaise hain[? kya@ ha@l hai?) Aapa k“sae hE>? Kyaa haLa hE?
(2) I am fine (main[ t>h&k hu@n[) maE> #Ik hU_ã
(3) What is your name? (a@paka@ na@m, s{ubha na@m, kya@ hai?) Aapaka naama (oauBa naama) Kyaa hE?
(4) My name is (mera@ na@m ---- hai) maera naama ------- hE_
(5) Where do you live? (a@p kaha@n[ rahate hain[?) Aapa khaã rhtae hE>?
(6) I live in Kanpur. (main[ Ka@npur man[ rahata@ hu@n[) maE> kanapaur mae> rhtaa hU_ã
(7) Where is your house? (a@pa ka@ ghar kaha@n[ hai?) Aapaka zar khaã hE?
(8) What is your address? (a@p ka@ pata@ kya@ hai?) Aapaka pataa Kyaa hE?
(9) Who is he-she? (vah kaun hai?) vah kaEna hE?
(10) What is his-her name? (in ka@ na@m kya@ hai?) }naka Kyaa naama hE?
116
HINDI TEACHER for English Speaking People
(11) He-She is my friend (yah mera@ mitra, mer& sahel& hai) yah maera ima%a (maerI saheLaI) hE_
(12) His-her name is (is ka@ na@m -- hai) }saka naama -- hE_
(13) Will you take tea? (kya@ a@p c{ay@ len[ge?) Kyaa Aapa caaya Laeg> ae?
(14) No, thanks! (ji nahin[, dhanyava@d!) jaI nahI>, Zanyavaad!
(15) I do not drink tea? (main[ c{ay@ nahin[ p&ta@) maE> caaya nahI> paItaa_
(16) Do you smoke? (kya@ a@p dhu@mrapa@n karate hain[? kya@ a@p sigaret> p&te hain[?) Kyaa Aapa ZaUmaRpaana
krtae hE>? Kyaa Aapa isagare@ paItae hE>?
(17) I do not smoke. (main[ sigaret> nah&n[ p&ta@) maE> isagare@ nahI> paItaa_
(18) Are you a vegetarian? (kya@ a@p s{a@ka@ha@r& hain[?) Kyaa Aapa oaakaharI hE>?
(19) I have heard that he is sick. (main[ ne suna@ hai ki vah b&ma@r hai) maE>nae saunaa hE ik vah baImaar hE_
(20) Is it true? (kya@ yah sac{a hai?) Kyaa yah saca hE?
(21) You are right. (a@p t>h&k kah rahe hain[) Aapa #Ik kh rhe hE_>
(22) I know it. (main[ yah ja@nata@ hu@n[) maE> yah janataa hU_ã
(23) Do not tell this to anyone. (yah ba@t kis& se mat kahiye) yah baata iksaI sae mata kih]_
(24) I promise you. (main[ a@p se va@da@ karata@ hu@n)[ maE> Aapa sae vaada krtaa hUã_
(25) Your poem is very nice. (a@p ki kavita@ bahut ac{c{h& hai) AapakI kivataa bahuta AcCI hE_
(26) You are making noise. (a@p s{or mac{a rahe hain[) Aapa oaaer macaa rhe hE>_
(27) Excuse me. (mujhe ma@f k&jiye) mauJae maaf kIija]_
(28) She refused it. (us ne asv&ka@r kiya@) qsanae AsvaIkar ikyaa_
(29) I said no. (main[ ne inaka@r kiya@) maEn> ae }nakar ikyaa_
(30) I am sorry. (mujhe afsos hai) mauJae Afsaaesa hE_
(31) That was my mistake. (vah mer& galat& th&) vah maerI gaLataI YaI_
(32) Who was that person? (vah kaun tha@) vah kaEna Yaa?
>
(33) What are you doing? (a@p kya@ kar rahe hain[?) Aapa Kyaa kr rhe hE?
(34) What is the matter? (kya@ ba@t hai?) Kyaa baata hE?
(35) What do you have? (a@p ke pa@s kya@ hai?) Aapak’ paasa Kyaa hE?
117
HINDI TEACHER for English Speaking People
(36) What do you mean by that? (a@p ka@ matalab kya@ hai?) Aapaka mataLaba Kyaa hE?
(37) Do you like it? (kya@ a@p ko yah pasand hai?, kya@ a@p ko yah ac{c{cha@ lagata@ hai?) Kyaa Aapakae
yah pasa>d hE? Kyaa Aapakae yah AcCa Lagataa hE?
(38) Have you finished it? (kya@ a@p ne yah khatma kiya@?) Kyaa Aapanae yah Satma ikyaa?
(39) It is ready? (kya@ yah taiya@r hai?) Kyaa yah taEyaar hE?
(40) Is it edible? (kya@ yah kha@ne la@yak hai?) Kyaa yah Saanae Laayak hE?
(41) Are you coming with us? (kya@ a@p hama@re sa@th a@ rahe hain[?) Kyaa Aapa hmaare saaYa Aa rhe hE>?
(42) It is very nice (yah bahut bad<hiya@ hai, yah bahut ac{c{ha@ hai) yah bahuta bai$ñyaa hE, yah bahuta
AcCa hE_
(43) Should I close it? Should I open it? (kya@ main[ yah band kar du@n?[ kya@ main[ yah khol du@n[?)
Kyaa maE> yah ba>d kr dUã? Kyaa maE> yah SaaeLa dUã?
(44) Wait for me. (mere liye rukiye, mera@ intaja@r k&jiye) maere iLa] wik], maera }>tajaar kIija]_
(45) Do you trust him? I trust him fully (kya@ a@p us par bharosa@ karate hain[? mera@ us par pu@ra@
vis{va@s hai) Kyaa Aapa qsapar ivaovaasa krtae hE>? maera qsa par paUra Baraesaa hE_)
(46) That is completely wrong. This is very correct. (vah pu@r& tarah galat hai. Yah bilakul t>h&k
hai) vah paUrI tarh galta hE_ yah ibaLakÖLa #Ik hE_)
(47) I think so too. (main[ bh& yah& soc{ata@ hu@n) maE> BaI yahI saaecataa hU_ã
(48) It is not possible. (yah sambhav nah&n[ hai) yah sa>Bava nahI> hE_
(49) He is not well. (us k& tab&yat t>h&k nah&n[ hai) qsakI tabaIyata #Ik nahI> hE_
(50) Let him go. (use ja@ne d&jiye) qsae jaanae dIija]_
(51) I must go now. (mujhe ab ja@na@ c{a@hiye) mauJae Aba jaanaa caaih]_
(52) I am in a rush. (main[ jald& men[ hu@n[) maE> jaLdI mae> hU_ã
(53) You are lucky. (a@p bha@gyava@n hain[) Aapa Baagyavaana` hE>_
(54) He surprised me. (us ne mujhe a@s{c{arya men[ da@la@) qsanae mauJae Aaocaya| mae> DaLaa_
(55) He fooled me. (us ne mujhe bevaku@f bana@ya@) qsanae mauJae baevak”f banaayaa_
(56) What a shame? (kitan& s{arma k& ba@t hai) iktanaI oama| kI baata hE!
(57) I am very disappointed. (main[ bahut na@ra@j hu@n[) maE> bahuta naaraja hUã_
118
HINDI TEACHER for English Speaking People
(58) What could be the reason? (kya@ ka@ran< ho sakata@ hai?) Kyaa karNa hae saktaa hE?
(59) Please, be patient. (kr<paya@ dh&raj rakhiye) ×payaa ZaIrja riSa]_
(60) Please do not do it again. (kr<paya@ yah fir se mat k&jiye) ×payaa yah ifr sae mata kIija]_
(61) Try to improve it. (ise sudha@rane k& kos{is{a k&jiye) }sae sauZaarnae kI kaeioaoa kIija]_
(62) It is very hard for me. (yah mere liye bahut mus{kil hai) yah maere iLa] bahuta mauiokLa hE_
(63) Don't try to be more smart. (jya@da@ hos{iya@r banane k& kos{is{ mat k&jiye) jyaada haeioayaar bananae
kI kaeioaoa mata kIija]_
(64) Let us go for a walk. (c{aliye t>ahalane ke liye c{alate hain[, c{aliye sair ke liye c{alate hain[)
caiLa] @hLanae k’ iLa] caLatae hE>, caiLa] saEr k’ iLa] caLatae hE>_
(65) Please, walk a bit faster. (jara@ tej c{aliye) jara taeja caiLa]_
(66) It is thundering, let us go back. (bijal& c{amak rah& hai, c{aliye va@pas c{alate hain[) ibajaLaI
camak rhI hE, caiLa] vaapasa caLatae hE>_
(67) May be a storm is coming. (s{ay@ ad tu@fa@n a@ne wa@la@ hai) oaayad taUfana AanaevaaLaa hE?
(68) How does it work? (yah kaise ka@m karata@ hai?) yah k“sae kama krtaa hE?
(69) We should be careful. (hamem[ sa@vadha@n rahana@ c{ahiye) hmae> saavaZaana rhnaa caaih]_
(70) I forgot to tell you one thing. (main[ a@p se ek ba@t kahana@ bhu@l gaya@) maE> Aapasae ]k baata khnaa
BaULa gayaa? I forgot to bring one thing. (main[ ek c{&j la@na@ bhu@l gaya@) maE> ]k caIja Laanaa BaULa gayaa_
(71) What is the use of waiting here? (yaha@n[ intaja@r karane se kya@ la@bh?) yahaã }>tajaar krnae sae Kyaa
LaaBa?
[ a@) ica>taa mata
(72) Do not worry, I will take care of that. (c{inta@ mat k&jiye, main[ vah dekh lu@ng
kIija], maE> vah deSa LaUgã aa_
(73) What is the news? (kya@ sama@c{a@r hai?) Kyaa samaacaar hE?
(74) Everything is OK. (sab kuc{h t>h&k hai) saba kÖC #Ik hE_
(75) We will wait for you. (ham a@p k& prat&ks<a@ karen[ge) hma AapakI paRtaIxaa kre>gae_
(76) Why are you late? (a@p ne der kyon[ k&?) Aapanae der Kyaae> kI?
(77) Did you get my letter? (kya@ a@p ko mera@ patra mila@? a@p ko mer& c{it>t>h& mil& kya@?) Kyaa Aapakae
maera pa%a imaLaa? Aapakae maerI ica@`#I imaLaI Kyaa?
119
HINDI TEACHER for English Speaking People
(78) Why did you trust him? (a@p ne us par bharosa@ kyon[ kiya@?) Aapanae qsa par Baraesaa Kyaae> ikyaa?
(79) I was impressed by his talk. (main[ us ke bolane se prabha@vit hua@ tha@) maE> qsak’ baaeLanae sae
paRBaaivata huAa Yaa_
(80) How quickly time passes! (samay kitana@ jald& b&tata@ hai!) samaya iktanaa jaLdI baItataa hE!
@ [ga@) maE> jaLdI LaaE@gãU aa_
(81) I will return quickly. (main[ jald& laut>un
(82) Brother! Move a bit forward. (Bha& sa@hab! jara@ a@ge bad<h&ye) Baa}| saahba! jara Aagae bai$ñ]_
(83) Could you please help me? (kya@ a@p mer& madad kar sakate hain[?) Kyaa Aapa maerI madd kr
saktae hE?
>
(84) How is your health? (a@p ka sva@sthya kaisa@ hai? a@p k& taba&yat kais& hai?) Aapaka svaasYya k“saa
hE? AapakI tabaIyata k“saI hE?
(85) How did your bone break? (a@p k& had<d<& kaise t>ut@ >&?) AapakI hD`DI k“sae @U@I?
(86) Come in. (andar a@iye) A>dr Aa}]_
(87) Wish you a happy Diwa@l&. (diwa@l& k& s{ubh ka@mana@en[) idvaaLaI-dIpaavalI kI oauBa kamanaa]ã_
(88) OK, we will meet again. (ac{c{ha@ ji! ham fir milen[ge) AcCa jaI, hma ifr imaLae>gae_
(89) Say our hello to everyone. (sab ko hama@ra@ abhiva@dan kahana@) sabakae hmaara AiBavaadna khnaa_
(90) OK Sir (Madam). (t>h&k hai s{r&ma@n, t>h&k hai s{r&mat& j&) #Ik hE OaRImaana`! #Ik hE OaRImataIjaI!
(91) Hi (namaste ji!) namastae jaI_
(92) Good morning. (suprabha@t) saupaRBaata_
Good night (s{ubha ra@tri) oauBa rai%a_
(93) How are you? (a@p kaise hain[) Aapa k“sae hE>?
(94) We are fine. (ham sakus{al hain[) hma sakÖoaLa hE>_
(95) Is everything well at home? (kya@ ghar par sab t<h&k-t>ha@k hai?) Kyaa zar par saba #Ik-#ak
hE?
(96) Where are you coming from? (a@p kaha@n[ se a@ rahe hain[?) Aapa khaã sae Aa rhe hE>?
(97) I am coming from office. (main[ ka@rya@lay se a@ raha@ hu@n[) maE> kayaa|Laya sae Aa rha hUã_
(98) Please come in and have a seat. (kr<paya@ andar a@iye aur bait>hiye) ×payaa A>dr Aa}] AaEr
baEi#]_
120
HINDI TEACHER for English Speaking People
(99) What was he saying? (vah kya@ kah raha@ tha@?) vah Kyaa kh rha Yaa?
(100) He said that I do not want anything. (vah kah raha@ tha@ ki mujhe kuc{h nah&n[ c{a@hiye) vah
kh rha Yaa ik mauJae kÖC nahI> caaih]_
(101) What is your opinion? (a@p k& kya@ ra@y hai?) Aapa kI Kyaa raya hE?
(102) Let us see what happens. (dekhate hain[ kya@ hota@ hai) deSatae hE> Kyaa haetaa hE_
(103) I will try my best. (main[ pu@r& kos{&s{ karu@n[ga@, karu@n[g&) maE> paUrI kaeioaoa kWãgaa, kWãgaI_
(104) It will never happen. (yah kabh& bh& nah&n[ hoga@). yah kBaI BaI nahI> haegaa_ It can not
happen. (yah nah&n[ ho sakata@) yah nahI> hae saktaa_
(105) It is not possible. (yah sambhav nah&n[ hai) yah sa>Bava nahI> hE_
(106) There is no doubt about it. (is men[ ko& sandeh nah&n[ hai) }samae> kae}| sa>deh nahI> hE_
(107) I did not know it. (main[ yah nah&n[ ja@nata@ tha@) maE> yah nahI> jaanataa Yaa_
(108) How should I say it to you? (main[ a@p se yah kaise kahu@n[?) maE> Aapasae yah k“sae khUã?
(109) Do you have time? (kya@ a@p ke pa@s samay hai?) Kyaa Aapak’ paasa samaya hE?
(110) What is your program tomarrow? (kal a@p ka@ kya@ ka@ryakram hai?) kLa Aapaka Kyaa
kaya|Ûma hE?
(111) I will go once again. (main[ ek ba@r fir jau@n[ga@-ja@u@n[g&) maE> ]k baar ifr jaaQãgaa, jaaQãgaI_
(112) It happens sometime. (kabh&-kabh& aisa@ hota@ hai) kBaI-kBaI ]esaa haetaa hE_
(113) Who does not want it? (yah kaun nah&n[ c{a@hata@ hai?) yah kaEna nahI> caahtaa hE?
(114) I have no objection. (mujhe ko& a@patti nah&n[ hai) mauJae kae}| AapaiTa nahI> hE_
(115) I will do it, even if it is difficult. (yah mus{kil hai fir bh& main[ karu@n[ga@) yah mauiokLa hE
ifr BaI maE> kWãgaa_
(116) Please do not worry. (kr<paya@ a@p c{inta mat k&jiye. ×payaa Aapa ica>taa mata kIija]_
(117) Please listen to me. (kr<paya@ mer& ba@t suniye) ×payaa maerI baata sauina]_
(118) What does it mean? (is ka@ matalab kya@ hua@) }saka mataLaba Kyaa huAa?
(119) What is the reason for this? (is ka@ ka@ran< kya@ hai?) }saka karNa Kyaa hE?
(120) Why did it happen? (yah kyon[ hua@?) yah Kyaae> huAa? How did it happen? (yah kaise hua@?)
yah k“sae huAa?
121
HINDI TEACHER for English Speaking People
(121) It is true or not? (yah sac{ hai ya@ nah&n[?) yah saca hE yaa nahI>?
(122) That I also know. (vah to main[ bh& ja@nata@ hu@n[) vah taae maE> BaI jaanataa hUã_
(123) Why did you not say so before? (yah a@p ne pahale kyon[ nah&n[ kaha@?) yah Aapanae pahLae
Kyaae> nahI> kha?
(124) Where were you that time? (tab a@p kaha@n[ the?) taba Aapa khaã Yae?
(125) It is not my fault. (yah mera@ dos< nah&n[ hai) yah maera daePa nahI> hE_ It is my mistake. (yah
mer& galat& hai) yah maerI gaLataI hE_
(126) I have no idea. (mujhe ko& kalpana@ nah&n[ hai) mauJae kae}| kLpanaa nahI> hE_
(127) Do not get serious like this. (aise gambh&r mat ho&ye) ]esae ga>BaIr mata hae}]_
(128) It is only a rumour. (yah kewal afwa@h, ud<at& khabar, hai) yah taae k’vaLa Afvaah (qDñtaI
Sabar) hE_
(129) You are right. (a@p k& ba@t sah& hai) AapakI baata sahI hE_
(130) At that time I could not think of anything. (us samay main[ kuc{h soc{ nah&n[ saka@) qsa
samaya maE> kÖC saaeca nahI> saka_
(131) It should not have happened. (yah nah&n[ hona@ c{a@hiye tha@) yah nahI> haenaa caaih] Yaa_
(132) I do not have your address. (mere pa@s a@p ka@ pata@ nah&n[ hai) maere paasa Aapaka pataa nahI> hE_
(133) I was thinking of you yesterday. (kal main[ a@p ko ya@d kar raha@ tha@) kLa maE> Aapakae yaad
kr rha Yaa_
(134) There was an accident on the way, that is why I became late. (ra@ste men[ durghat>ana@ hu&
th&, is liye mere a@ne men[ der& hu&) rastae mae> ]k duza|@naa hu}| YaI, }saiLa] maere Aanae mae> derI hu}|_
(135) Have you finished your housework? (kya@ a@p ne ghar ka@ ka@m kar liya@ hai?) Kyaa Aapanae
zar ka kama kr iLayaa hE?
(136) I have to do a lot of work too. (mujhe bh& bahut ka@m karana@ hai) mauJae BaI bahuta kama krnaa
hE_
(137) I have to go to the office too. (mujhe daftar bh& ja@na@ hai) mauJae dÝtar BaI jaanaa hE_
(138) I will talk to you about this. (main[ a@p se is ba@re men[ fir ba@t karu@n[ga@) maE> Aapasae }sa baare
mae> baata kWãgaa_
122
HINDI TEACHER for English Speaking People
(139) Did you call me yesterday? (kya@ a@p ne mujhe kal bula@ya tha@? Kyaa Aapanae mauJae kLa bauLaayaa
Yaa?
(140) Were there any calls for me. (kya@ mere liye ko& phon a@ya@ tha@?) Kyaa maere iLa] kae}| faena
Aayaa Yaa?
(141) See me next week. (agale hafte mujh se miliye) AgaLae hÝtae mauJasae imaiLa]_
(142) We should sit and think about it. (hamen[ bait>h kar is ba@re men[ vic{a@r karana@ c{a@hiye)
hmae> baE#kr }sa baare mae> ivacaar krnaa caaih]_
(143) Today I am not feeling well. (a@j main[ t>h&k mahasu@s nah&n[ kar raha@ hu@n[) Aaja maE> #Ik
mahsaUsa nahI> kr rha hUã_
(144) I am feeling a bit sick. (mujhe ma@mul& sa@ bukha@r lagata@ hai) mauJae maamaULaI saa bauSaar Lagataa
hE_
(145) Yesterday it snowed all night. (kal ra@t bhar barf g&r&) kLa rata Bar baf| igarI_
(146) And today it is very foggy. (aur a@j bahut ku@hara@ hai) AaEr Aaja bahuta kÖhra hE_
(147) Drive carefully. (sa@vadha@n& se ga@d<& c{ala@iye) saavaZaanaI sae gaaDñI caLaa}]_
(148) It is slippery out side. (ba@har fisalan hai) baahr ifsaLana hE_
(149) It snowed almost four inches. (lagabhag c{a@r inc{ barf gir&) LagaBaga caar }>ca baf| igarI_
(150) Many roads are not cleared yet. (ka& sad<aken[ abh& tak sa@f nah&n[ hu& hain[) k}| saDñk’>
ABaI tak saaf nahI> hu}| hE>_
(151) Tomorrow it is going to be warm. (kal garam hone wa@la@ hai) kLa garma haenaevaaLaa hE_
(152) Tomorrow we will wash our car. (kal ham apan& gad<& dhoen[ge) kLa hma ApanaI gaaDñI
Zaae]ãgae_
(153) I organized my room. (main[ ne apana@ kamara@ t>h&k se laga@ya@) maE>nae Apanaa kmara #Ik sae
Lagaayaa_
(154) I like window in my room. (mujhe apane kamare men[ khid<ak& ac{c{h& lagat& jai) mauJae Apanae
kmare mae> iSaDñkI AcCI LagataI hE_
(155) I sleep near the window. (main[ khid<ak& ke pa@s sota@ hu@n[) maE> iSaDñkI k’ paasa saaetaa hUã_
123
HINDI TEACHER for English Speaking People
(156) I keep my door open. (main[ apana@ darava@ja@ khula@ rakhata@ hu@n[) maE> Apanaa drvaajaa SauLaa
rSataa hUã_
(157) I read Hind& everyday. (main[ roj Hind& pad<hata@ hu@n[) maE> raeja ih>dI pa$ñtaa hUã_
(158) Our neighbors are good people. (hama@re pad<os& ac{c{he log hain[) hmaare paDñaesaI AcCe Laaega
hE>_
(159) They know Hind&, they can speak Hind&. (ve Hind& ja@nate hain[, ve Hind& bol sakate
hain[) vae ih>dI jaanatae hE>, vae ih>dI baaeLa saktae hE>_
(160) They have learnt Hind&. (unhon[ne Hind& s&kh& hai) qnhae>nae ih>dI saISaI hE_
(161) They want to learn Hind&. (ve Hind& s&khana@ c{a@hate hain[) vae ih>dI saISanaa caahtae hE>_
(162) Do you want to learn Hind&? (kya@ a@p Hind& s&khana@ c{a@hate hain[?) Kyaa Aapa ih>dI saISanaa
caahtae hE>?
(163) We can most certainly learn Hind& with this book. (ham is kita@b-pustak se Hind& avas{ya
s&kh sakate hain[) hma }sa iktaaba-paustak sae ih>dI Avaoya saISa saktae hE>_
GENERAL KNOWLEDGE
saamaanya Xaana
NAMES OF THE DAYS OF THE WEEK
saptaah k’ idna
The names of the seven days of the week are :
(1) Sunday
raviva@r
rivavaar
(2) Monday
somava@r
saaemavaar
(3) Tuesday
mangalava@r
ma>gaLavaar
(4) Wednesday budhava@r
bauZavaar
(5) Thursday
guruva@r
gauwvaar
(6) Friday
shukrava@r
oauÛvaar
124
HINDI TEACHER for English Speaking People
(7) Saturday
s{aniva@r
oainavaar
There are 30 days in a month. ]k mahInae mae> taIsa idna haetae hE_> There are two bi-weekly periods in
each month, namely Kr<sn
< a< paks<a and S}ukla paks<a ]k mahInae mae> dae paxa haetae hE>, oauKLa paxa AaEr ×PNa
paxa_ In each biweekly period there are 15 days. ]k paxa mae> pa>dRrh idna haetae hE_>
Their names qnak’ naama hE> :
(1) paRitapada pratipada@
(2) iVtaIyaa dvit&ya@
(3) ta\taIyaa tr<t&ya@
(4) catauYaI| c{aturth&
(5) pa>camaI pan~c{am&
(6) PaP#I s<as<t>h&
(7) saptamaI saptam&
(8) AP@maI as<ta> m&
(9) navamaI navam&
(10) doamaI das{am&
(11) ]kadoaI eka@das{&
(12) VadoaI dva@das{&
(13) %ayaaedoaI trayodas{&
(14) cataud|oaI c{aturdas{&
(15) Amaavasyaa ama@vasya@
NAMES OF THE MONTHS OF THE YEAR
vaPa| k’ mahInaae> k’ naama
(A) The names of the twelve months are:
(1) March-April
c{aitra
caE%a
(2) April-May
vais{a@kh
vaEoaaSa
(3) May-June
jyes<t>ha
jyaeP#
(4) June-july
a@s<a@d<h
AaPaa$ñ
(5) July-August
s{ra@van
(6) August-September
bha@drapad
BaadRpad
(7) September-October
a@s{vin
Aaiovana
ÃavaNa
125
HINDI TEACHER for English Speaking People
(8) October-November
ka@rtik
(9) November-December
ma@rgas{&rs<a maaga|oaIPa|
(10) December-January
paus<
paaEPa
(11) January-February
ma@gh
maaza
(12) February-March
pha@lgun
faLgauna
kaita|k
(B) The names of the six seasons are :
(1) Spring
vasant
(2) Summer
gr&s<ma
(3) Rainy season
vars<a@
vaPaa|
(4) Autumn
s{arad
oard`
(5) Winter(Nov-Jan)
hemanta
hema>ta
(6) Winter(Jan-Mar)
s{is{ir
ioaioar
vasa>ta
gaRIPma
THE MEASUREMENTS
naapa
Length
lamba@&
La>baa}|
Width
c{audña@&
caaEDña}|
Height
un~c{a@&
Qãcaa}|
Thickness
ghanatva
zanatva
Weight
gurutva, bha@r
gauwtva, Baar
Wettness
g&la@pan
gaILaapana
Dryness
su@kha@pan
saUSaapana
Distance
du@r&
dUrI
Nearness
najad&k&
najadIkI
Smoothness
c{ikana@&
icaknaa}|
126
HINDI TEACHER for English Speaking People
Roughness
khurdura@pan
Saurduurapana
Roundness
gola@&
gaaeLaa}|
Triangularity
tikona@@pan
itakaenaapana
Squareness
c{auraspan
caaErsapana
Straightness
s&dha@&
saIZaa}|
Obliqueness
a@dña@pan
AaDñapana
Slant
tirc{ha@&
Crookedness
t><ed<ha@&
itarCa}|
@e$ña}|
NAMES OF THE DIRECTIONS
idoaaAae> k’ naama
East
pu@rab, pu@rva
paUrba, paUva|
West
pas{c{im
paiocama
North
uttar
qTar
South
daks<in<
dixaNa
North east
is{a@n
}|oaana
South east
va@yavya
vaayavya
South west
a@gney
Aagnaeya
North west
nair<tya
naE/tya
Right
da@yn[a@
dayaaã
Left
ba@n[ya@
baaãyaa
Above
u@par
Qpar
Below
nic{e
naIcae
In front of
sa@mane, a@ge
saamanae, Aagae
In between
bic{a, madhya
baIca, maZya
madhya
maZya
Centre
127
HINDI TEACHER for English Speaking People
Middle
b&c{, madhya
baIca, maZya
In
bh&tar, andar
BaItar, A>dr,
Out
ba@har
baahr
Towards
k& or
kI Aaer
THE TIME
samaya
* What time is it now? ABaI iktanae bajae hE>?
1. It is one O’clock now. ABaI ]k bajaa hE_
2. It is 5 minutes past 1 O’clock. ABaI ]k bajakr paaãca imana@ hu] hE>_
3. It is 5 minutes to 3 O’clock. taIna bajanae mae>e paaãca imana@ kma hE>_
4. It is four-thirty now. ABaI saa$ñe-caar bajae hE>_
5. It is 6 O’clock. ABaI Ch bajae hE>_ 6. It is 12 O’clock. ABaI baarh bajae hE>_
7. Ra@m will be here at 2 O’clock. rama yahaã dae bajae Aa]gaa_
8. Shya@m went home from here at 4 O’clock. oyaama yahaã sae caar bajae zar gayaa_
9. See me at eight O’clock. Aapa mauJasae Aa# bajae imaiLa]_
IDIOMS AND PROVERBS
mauhavare AaEr khavatae>
(1) A bad person is better than a bad name (bad se badana@m bura@) bad sae badnaama baura_
(2) A bad worker blames his tools (na@c{a na ja@ne a@n[gan t>ed<ha@) naaca na jaanae Aaãgana @e$ña_
[ men[ j&ra@) Qã@ k’ mauhã mae> jaIra_
(3) A drop in the ocean (u@nt[ > ke mu@nh
(4) A figure among cyphers (andhon[ men[ ka@na@ ra@ja@) A>Zaae> mae> kanaa rajaa_
(5) A little knowledge is a dangerous thing (n&m hak&m khatare ja@n) naIma hkIma Satare jaana_
(6) As the king so are the subjects (jaisa@ ra@ja@ vais& praja@) jaEsaa rajaa vaEsaI paRjaa_
(7) As you sow so you reap (jais& karan& vais& bharan&) jaEsaI krnaI vaEsaI BarnaI_
128
HINDI TEACHER for English Speaking People
(8) Averice is the root of all evils (la@lac{ bur& bala@ hai) LaaLaca baurI baLaa hE_
(9) A wolf in lamb's clothing (inasa@n ke bhes<a men[ s{aita@n) }nasaana k’ BaePa mae> oaEtaana_
(10) Barking dog seldom bites (jo garajate hain[, ve barasate nah&n[) jaae garjatae hE,> vae barsatae nahI>_
(11) Birds of same feather flock together (c{or-c{or mausere bha@&) caaer-caaer maaEsaere Baa}|_
(12) Do evil get evil (kar bura@ to ho bura@) kr baura taae hae baura_
(13) Do good get good (kar bhala@ ho bhala@) kr BaLaa hae BaLaa_
(14) Drowning person catches the straw (d<u@bate ko tinake ka@ saha@ra@) DUbatae kae itanak’ ka sahara_
(15) Evil gotten evil spent (jaisa@ a@ya@ vaisa@ gaya@) jaEsaa Aayaa vaEsaa gayaa_
(16) Forced labour is better than idleness (beka@r se bega@r bhala@) baekar sae baegaar BaLaa_
(17) Good mind good find (a@p bhale to jag bhala@) Aapa BaLae taae jaga BaLaa_
(18) Great cry little wool (u@n~c{& duka@n f&ka@ pakawa@n) QãcaI dukana fIka pakvaana_
(19) High winds blow on the high hills (bad<on[ k& bad<& ba@nt[ en[) baDñae> kI baDñI baatae_>
(20) Innocent have nothing to fear (sa@n~c{ ko a@nc~ { nah&n[) saaãca kae Aaãca nahI>_
(21) Killing two birds with one stone (ek panth do ka@j) ]k pa>Ya dae kaja_
(22) Let bygones be bygones (b&t& so b&t&) baItaI saae baItaI_
(23) Many a little makes a micle (bu@nd-bu@nd se bhare ghad<a@) baUãd-baUãd sae Bare zaDña_
> & us& k& bhain[s) ijasakI Laa#I qsaI kI BaE>sa_
(24) Might is right (jis k& la@th
(25) One nail drives out another (ka@n[t>e se ka@n[t<a@ nikalata@ hai) kaã@e sae kaã@a inakLataa hE_
(26) One in the hand is better than nine in the bush (nau nakad na terah udha@r) naaE nakd na taerh
qZaar_
(27) Out of frying pan into the fire (ta@d< se gira@, khaju@r par at>ka@) taaDñ sae igara, SajaUr par A@ka_
(28) Pennywise pound foolish (sona@ lut>a@ ja@y, koyale par c{ha@pa@) saaenaa Lau@a jaa], kaeyaLae par Capaa_
(29) Quit not certainty for hope (a@dh& c{hod< sa@r& ko dha@ve, na a@dh& rahe na sa@r& pa@ve) AaZaI CaeDñ
saarI kae Zaavae, na AaZaI rhe na saarI paavae_
(30) Rome was not built in a day (hathel& par dah& nah&n[ jamata@) hYaeLaI par dhI nahI> jamataa_
(31) Something is better than nothing (bha@gate bhu@t k& lan[got>& sahi) Baagatae BaUta kI Laãgaae@I sahI_
129
HINDI TEACHER for English Speaking People
(32) The wearer best knows where the shoe pinches (ja@ke pair na fat>e biwa@&, vo kya@ ja@ne p&r
para@&) jaak’ paEr na f@e ibavaa}|, vaae Kyaa jaanae paIr para}|_
(33) Tit for tat (jaise ko taisa@) jaEsae kae taEsaa_
(34) To cast pearls before a swine (bandar kya@ ja@ne adaraka ka@ sva@d?) ba>dr Kyaa jaanae Adrk ka
svaad_
(35) To make mountain out of a mole hill (ra@& ko parvat bana@na@) ra}| kae pava|ta banaanaa_
(36) To build castle in the air (hava@ men[ pul ba@ndhana@) hvaa mae> pauLa baaãZanaa_
(37) Too many cooks spoil the broth (jya@da jog&, mat>h ka@ uja@d<) jyaada jaaegaI, ma# ka qjaaDñ_
(38) Too much courtsey, too much craft. (m&t>h& ba@n&, daga@ba@j k& nis{a@n&) maI#I baanaI, dgaabaaja kI
inaoaanaI_
(39) To rob Peter to pay Paul (ga@y ma@r kar ju@ta@ da@n) gaaya maarkr jaUtaa dana_
(40) When character is lost all is lost (sat d<iga@, jaha@n d<iga@) sata` iDgaa, jahana iDgaa_
(41) Whistling maid and crowing hen are neither fit for gods nor for men (dhob& ka@ kutta@, na
ghar ka@ na gha@t>a ka@) ZaaebaI ka kÖTaa, na zar ka na zaa@ ka_
(42) A nine days’ wonder (c{a@r din k& c{a@ndan& fir an[dheri ra@t) caar idna kI caaãdnaI, ifr AãZaerI rata_
(43) Kindness is lost upon an ungreatdul person (gadhe ko khila@ya na pa@p na pun<ya) gaZae kae
iSaLaayaa na paapa na pauNya_
(44) As long there is life there is hope (jab tak sa@n[s tab tak a@s) jaba tak saaãsa taba tak Aasa_
(45) Who Knows nothing, fears nothing (agya~n& kis& se nahin[ darate) AXaanaI iksaI sae nahI> Drtae_
(46) One must stand on his own legs (apana@ tosa@ apana@ bharosa@) Apanaa taaesaa Apanaa Baraesaa_
(47) Make yourself respectable and you will be respected by all (apan& ijjat apane ha@th) ApanaI
}jjata Apanae haYa_
(48) Diet cures more than doctors do (ek parahej sau ila@j) ]k parheja saaE }Laaja_
(49) He who is born with misfortune stumbles wherever he goes (kambakht& jab a@ve u@nt[ > c{ad<he
to kutta@ ka@t>e) kmbaStaI jaba Aavae Qã@ ca$ñe taae kÖTaa ka@e_
(50) To put the cart before the horse (betarat&b& se ka@m nah&n[ c{alata@) baetartaIbaI sae kama nahI>
caLataa_
130
HINDI TEACHER for English Speaking People
SPEAKING HINGLISH
(1) rama IBM mae> programmer hE_ (2) Aapa Model Town mae> khaã rhtae hE>?
(3) hma Aaja bahuta busy hE>_ (4) kLa vah kÖtauba maInaar sae Parachute sae jump kregaa (k”degaa)_
(5) manaaeja highway par speeding kr rha Yaa_
(6) saaeinayaa jaI dae cup caaya Laa}]_ (7) AjaIta ka lawn mower pae@¼aeLa par caLataa hE_
(8) gaaepaaLa kae greeting card nahI> imaLaa_ (9) saImaa gaanae tape kr rhI hE_
(10) saaenaU movies record kr cauka hE_ (11) caacaa jaI kI idLLaI mae> transfer hu}| hE_
(12) mauJae }sakI ]k Xerox copy dIija]_ mauJae }sakI dae Xerox kaipayaaã dIija]_
(13) }saka cover discard mata kIija]_ (14) dae potatoes (AaLaU) boil kIija] (qbaaiLa])_
(15) rmaeoa Civil Engineer bana gayaa_ (16) qsaka Baa}| army mae> gayaa hE_
(17) yah wonderful caIja hE_ (18) U.S. President hmaare pa>tapaRZaana (Prime Minister) sae imaLae_
(19) kLa George kI engagement hu}|_ (20) barf melt hae rhI hE (ipazaLa rhI hE)_ maE> baf– melt kr
rha hUã (ipazaLaa rha hUã)_ paanaI freeze hae rha hE (jama rha hE)_
(21) baabaUjaI tour (daEre) par ga] hu] hE>_ (22) Aapaka telephone number Kyaa hE?
(23) yahaã sae Zoo jaanae k’ iLa] kaEna saa hiway AcCa rhegaa?
(24) Aba idLLaI mae> polution (paRdUPaNa) kma hae rha hE_ (25) kLa sky diving krtae hu] rmaeoa kI h¥I
fracture hu}| (@U@I)_ (26) qnhae>nae company k’ naama sae dae million ka cheque iLaSaa_
(27) hmanae AimataaBa baccana ka ica%a internet par deSaa_ (28) }sa saaLa maaZaurI dIixata kae Film Fare
Awaed imaLaa_ (29) Aapanae }sa iktaaba kI binding khaã sae krvaa}| hE?
(30) parsaae> rItaeoa kae 102 degree bauSaar Yaa_ (31) maE> AapakI oa@|sa` press krvaakr Laayaa hUã_
(32) }sakI taIna kaâipayaaã hmae> CD yaa DVD par dIija]_ (33) yahaã @EiKsayaaã SaDñI krnaa manaa hE, k’vaLa
kare> hI SaDñI kIija]_
(34) AajakLa pure ih>dI kae}| BaI nahI> baaeLataa, saBaI Hinglish baaeLatae hE>_
131
HINDI TEACHER for English Speaking People